US20080138505A1 - Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof - Google Patents
Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20080138505A1 US20080138505A1 US12/022,916 US2291608A US2008138505A1 US 20080138505 A1 US20080138505 A1 US 20080138505A1 US 2291608 A US2291608 A US 2291608A US 2008138505 A1 US2008138505 A1 US 2008138505A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- wiring board
- printed wiring
- plating
- production method
- copper
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 title claims abstract description 98
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 98
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 title claims description 118
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 title claims description 117
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims description 59
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 title abstract description 27
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title description 82
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 124
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 121
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 88
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 63
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 61
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 49
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 49
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 49
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims description 160
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 claims description 106
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 79
- 239000011889 copper foil Substances 0.000 claims description 58
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 claims description 42
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 38
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 claims description 35
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- 238000007772 electroless plating Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000009713 electroplating Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 239000011342 resin composition Substances 0.000 description 76
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 76
- -1 cyanate compound Chemical class 0.000 description 66
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 62
- 239000004962 Polyamide-imide Substances 0.000 description 58
- 229920002312 polyamide-imide Polymers 0.000 description 58
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 52
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 51
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 50
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 48
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 41
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 41
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 39
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 37
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 30
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 25
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 25
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 20
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 18
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 18
- SRPWOOOHEPICQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic anhydride Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 SRPWOOOHEPICQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000007788 roughening Methods 0.000 description 16
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000006087 Silane Coupling Agent Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 229920001955 polyphenylene ether Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 14
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Diphenylmethane Diisocyanate Chemical compound C1=CC(N=C=O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 11
- USWMCMSAHICGFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-aminosilylhydroxylamine Chemical compound NO[SiH2]N USWMCMSAHICGFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229920003986 novolac Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 9
- 239000002966 varnish Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol F Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910000365 copper sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] ARUVKPQLZAKDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 7
- 239000004643 cyanate ester Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 150000004756 silanes Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 7
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 6
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- ULKLGIFJWFIQFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5K8XI641G3 Chemical compound CCC1=NC=C(C)N1 ULKLGIFJWFIQFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000004984 aromatic diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000003063 flame retardant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011256 inorganic filler Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910003475 inorganic filler Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 5
- RNFJDJUURJAICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,4,4,6,6-hexaphenoxy-1,3,5-triaza-2$l^{5},4$l^{5},6$l^{5}-triphosphacyclohexa-1,3,5-triene Chemical compound N=1P(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=NP(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=NP=1(OC=1C=CC=CC=1)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RNFJDJUURJAICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 0 CN.CN.NC1CCC2C(C1)CC1CC(N)CCC12.[1*]C1C([3*])CCC([2*])C1CC1C([2*])CCC([3*])C1[1*] Chemical compound CN.CN.NC1CCC2C(C1)CC1CC(N)CCC12.[1*]C1C([3*])CCC([2*])C1CC1C([2*])CCC([3*])C1[1*] 0.000 description 4
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- LJCFOYOSGPHIOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony pentoxide Chemical compound O=[Sb](=O)O[Sb](=O)=O LJCFOYOSGPHIOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ADCOVFLJGNWWNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony trioxide Chemical compound O=[Sb]O[Sb]=O ADCOVFLJGNWWNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromic acid Substances O[Cr](O)(=O)=O KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 4
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XXKOQQBKBHUATC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylmethylcyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1CC1CCCCC1 XXKOQQBKBHUATC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OCDXZFSOHJRGIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexyloxycyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1OC1CCCCC1 OCDXZFSOHJRGIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000000280 densification Methods 0.000 description 4
- GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycidyl ether Chemical class C1OC1COCC1CO1 GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KZTYYGOKRVBIMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl sulfone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KZTYYGOKRVBIMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylmethane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CC1=CC=CC=C1 CZZYITDELCSZES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 4
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylbenzene Natural products C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011295 pitch Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 4
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AHZMUXQJTGRNHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[2-(4-cyanatophenyl)propan-2-yl]phenyl] cyanate Chemical compound C=1C=C(OC#N)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OC#N)C=C1 AHZMUXQJTGRNHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- TUQQUUXMCKXGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(3-aminophenyl)methanone Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=C(N)C=CC=2)=C1 TUQQUUXMCKXGDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- ZCDOYSPFYFSLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromate(2-) Chemical compound [O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O ZCDOYSPFYFSLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008139 complexing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M cyanate Chemical compound [O-]C#N XLJMAIOERFSOGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000000930 thermomechanical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- FYGHSUNMUKGBRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-trimethylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1C FYGHSUNMUKGBRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JHWIEAWILPSRMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-3-pyrimidin-4-ylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)CC1=CC=NC=N1 JHWIEAWILPSRMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEORPZCZECFIRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3',5,5'-tetrabromobisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C(Br)=C(O)C(Br)=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC(Br)=C(O)C(Br)=C1 VEORPZCZECFIRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUSNPFGLKGCWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-(3-aminopropyl)piperazin-1-yl]propan-1-amine Chemical compound NCCCN1CCN(CCCN)CC1 XUSNPFGLKGCWGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WCXGOVYROJJXHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfonylphenoxy]aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC(OC=2C=CC(=CC=2)S(=O)(=O)C=2C=CC(OC=3C=C(N)C=CC=3)=CC=2)=C1 WCXGOVYROJJXHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCN SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QYIMZXITLDTULQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-amino-2-methylphenyl)-3-methylaniline Chemical compound CC1=CC(N)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N)C=C1C QYIMZXITLDTULQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WUPRYUDHUFLKFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[3-(4-aminophenoxy)phenoxy]aniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1OC1=CC=CC(OC=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 WUPRYUDHUFLKFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JCRRFJIVUPSNTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenoxy]aniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1OC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 JCRRFJIVUPSNTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HHLMWQDRYZAENA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[2-[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropan-2-yl]phenoxy]aniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(C(C=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC(N)=CC=3)=CC=2)(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F)C=C1 HHLMWQDRYZAENA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KMKWGXGSGPYISJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[2-[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propan-2-yl]phenoxy]aniline Chemical compound C=1C=C(OC=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 KMKWGXGSGPYISJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LDFYRFKAYFZVNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenoxy]phenoxy]aniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1OC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 LDFYRFKAYFZVNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UTDAGHZGKXPRQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfonylphenoxy]aniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)C=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC(N)=CC=3)=CC=2)C=C1 UTDAGHZGKXPRQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PJCCVNKHRXIAHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]methyl]phenoxy]aniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1OC(C=C1)=CC=C1CC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 PJCCVNKHRXIAHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 125000006267 biphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- LSDYQEILXDCDTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(C(=O)C=2C=CC(OC=3C=CC(N)=CC=3)=CC=2)C=C1 LSDYQEILXDCDTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 2
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- PEVJCYPAFCUXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-J dicopper;phosphonato phosphate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[Cu+2].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O PEVJCYPAFCUXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000004070 electrodeposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 2
- AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N furo[3,4-b]pyrazine-5,7-dione Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=N1 AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004970 halomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005641 methacryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229910000510 noble metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005385 peroxodisulfate group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000012643 polycondensation polymerization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- KMUONIBRACKNSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium dichromate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-][Cr](=O)(=O)O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O KMUONIBRACKNSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012286 potassium permanganate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000036632 reaction speed Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- RYCLIXPGLDDLTM-UHFFFAOYSA-J tetrapotassium;phosphonato phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O RYCLIXPGLDDLTM-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 2
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011135 tin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C(C(O)=O)=C1 ARCGXLSVLAOJQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BOJZPUPAXYETRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-diphenylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(N)(CN)C1=CC=CC=C1 BOJZPUPAXYETRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical group C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide Chemical compound CC(C)N=C=NC(C)C BDNKZNFMNDZQMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZCQRUWWHSTZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC(N)=C1 WZCQRUWWHSTZEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBJCUZQNHOLYMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-Naphthalene diisocyanate Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(N=C=O)=CC=CC2=C1N=C=O SBJCUZQNHOLYMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATOUXIOKEJWULN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,6-diisocyanato-2,2,4-trimethylhexane Chemical compound O=C=NCCC(C)CC(C)(C)CN=C=O ATOUXIOKEJWULN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BSWWXRFVMJHFBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-tribromophenol Chemical compound OC1=C(Br)C=C(Br)C=C1Br BSWWXRFVMJHFBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAYXUHPQHDHDDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-butoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCOCCO OAYXUHPQHDHDDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPZWZCWUIYYYBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-ethoxyethoxy)ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOCCOC(C)=O FPZWZCWUIYYYBU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexanoic acid Chemical class CCCCC(CC)C(O)=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZFUQSJFWNHZHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ylamino)pyrimidin-5-yl]piperazin-1-yl]-1-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)ethanone Chemical compound C1C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)NC1=NC=C(C=N1)N1CCN(CC1)CC(=O)N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2 WZFUQSJFWNHZHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJYCAYKHNVQCJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[4-(2-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfonylphenoxy]aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)C=2C=CC(OC=3C(=CC=CC=3)N)=CC=2)C=C1 FJYCAYKHNVQCJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRCKYOARSSVJJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[4-[2-[4-(oxiran-2-ylmethyl)phenyl]propan-2-yl]phenyl]methyl]oxirane Chemical compound C=1C=C(CC2OC2)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C(C=C1)=CC=C1CC1CO1 XRCKYOARSSVJJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOCCOC(C)=O SVONRAPFKPVNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZUDVELGTZDOIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-n,n-bis(2-ethylhexyl)hexan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CN(CC(CC)CCCC)CC(CC)CCCC BZUDVELGTZDOIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LIAWCKFOFPPVGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyladamantane Chemical compound C1C(C2)CC3CC1C(CC)C2C3 LIAWCKFOFPPVGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYSRRFNXTXNWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-phenylethenyl)furan-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C(C=CC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 PYSRRFNXTXNWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGZNZXOHAFRWEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-3-yl)triazin-5-yl]pyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C=2C(=NN=NC=2)C=2C(NC(=O)C=2)=O)=C1 LGZNZXOHAFRWEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ISPOMZMFILGSCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-[4-(3-aminocyclohexyl)oxycyclohexyl]sulfonylcyclohexyl]oxycyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1C(N)CCCC1OC1CCC(S(=O)(=O)C2CCC(CC2)OC2CC(N)CCC2)CC1 ISPOMZMFILGSCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUEWCQRISZBELL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropane-1-thiol Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCS UUEWCQRISZBELL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDLMVUHYZWKMMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCOC(=O)C(C)=C XDLMVUHYZWKMMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBQVDAIIQCXKPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCOC(=O)C=C KBQVDAIIQCXKPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBRVSVVVWCFQMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 YBRVSVVVWCFQMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJKKUVYKIIDJSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(4-amino-2-methylcyclohexyl)-3-methylcyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound CC1CC(N)CCC1C1C(C)CC(N)CC1 IJKKUVYKIIDJSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLBLWEWZXPIGSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Aminophenyl ether Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 HLBLWEWZXPIGSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDBZTOMUANOKRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-(4-aminocyclohexyl)propan-2-yl]cyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1CC(N)CCC1C(C)(C)C1CCC(N)CC1 BDBZTOMUANOKRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZJANRQATNWFFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[3-(4-aminocyclohexyl)oxyphenoxy]cyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1CC(N)CCC1OC1=CC=CC(OC2CCC(N)CC2)=C1 XZJANRQATNWFFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AILCNTDXHZLKOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(4-aminocyclohexyl)oxyphenoxy]cyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1CC(N)CCC1OC(C=C1)=CC=C1OC1CCC(N)CC1 AILCNTDXHZLKOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NGYMJNRSTWQKNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[2-[4-(4-aminocyclohexyl)oxycyclohexyl]-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropan-2-yl]cyclohexyl]oxycyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1CC(N)CCC1OC1CCC(C(C2CCC(CC2)OC2CCC(N)CC2)(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F)CC1 NGYMJNRSTWQKNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCPJLIQYFGDKKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[2-[4-(4-aminocyclohexyl)oxycyclohexyl]propan-2-yl]cyclohexyl]oxycyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1CC(OC2CCC(N)CC2)CCC1C(C)(C)C(CC1)CCC1OC1CCC(N)CC1 SCPJLIQYFGDKKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSXGBNFUCVDZSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[4-(4-aminocyclohexyl)oxycyclohexyl]oxycyclohexyl]oxycyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1CC(N)CCC1OC1CCC(OC2CCC(CC2)OC2CCC(N)CC2)CC1 LSXGBNFUCVDZSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UVXHGOCKNVBQIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[4-(4-aminocyclohexyl)oxycyclohexyl]sulfonylcyclohexyl]oxycyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1CC(N)CCC1OC1CCC(S(=O)(=O)C2CCC(CC2)OC2CCC(N)CC2)CC1 UVXHGOCKNVBQIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REPCIIRGRCWJPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-[[4-(4-aminocyclohexyl)oxycyclohexyl]methyl]cyclohexyl]oxycyclohexan-1-amine Chemical compound C1CC(N)CCC1OC1CCC(CC2CCC(CC2)OC2CCC(N)CC2)CC1 REPCIIRGRCWJPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NVKGJHAQGWCWDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-amino-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)aniline Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(N)C=C1C(F)(F)F NVKGJHAQGWCWDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SDGNEQVGNABEKL-GEDNPXCDSA-N CC(=O)N[2H]NC(=O)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(=O)C1(C(=O)C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C1=O)C2=O Chemical compound CC(=O)N[2H]NC(=O)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)C(=O)C1(C(=O)C3=CC=C(C)C=C3C1=O)C2=O SDGNEQVGNABEKL-GEDNPXCDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQKNSTLDQAAGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC.COC1=CC=C(CC2=CC=C(OC)C=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound COC.COC1=CC=C(CC2=CC=C(OC)C=C2)C=C1.COC1=CC=CC=C1 WQKNSTLDQAAGNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QDWWWOPENFLIOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC.COC1CCC(CC2CCC(OC)CC2)CC1.COC1CCCCC1 Chemical compound COC.COC1CCC(CC2CCC(OC)CC2)CC1.COC1CCCCC1 QDWWWOPENFLIOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000009261 D 400 Substances 0.000 description 1
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SQSPRWMERUQXNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanylurea Chemical compound NC(=N)NC(N)=O SQSPRWMERUQXNE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005057 Hexamethylene diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005058 Isophorone diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOQUKHZQUSTDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1(CC=C(C=C1)C1=C(C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1)N Chemical compound NC1(CC=C(C=C1)C1=C(C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1)N KOQUKHZQUSTDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHPIOPLFZUEGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC1(CCC(CC1)C(=O)C1CCC(CC1)(N)N)N Chemical compound NC1(CCC(CC1)C(=O)C1CCC(CC1)(N)N)N DHPIOPLFZUEGTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBMCTGDFRSXEKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N O=C(O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3(C(=O)C2=C1)C(=O)C1=C(C=C(C(=O)O)C=C1)C3=O Chemical compound O=C(O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3(C(=O)C2=C1)C(=O)C1=C(C=C(C(=O)O)C=C1)C3=O QBMCTGDFRSXEKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001096 P alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004696 Poly ether ether ketone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000265 Polyparaphenylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004734 Polyphenylene sulfide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000147 Styrene maleic anhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YSMRWXYRXBRSND-UHFFFAOYSA-N TOTP Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1OP(=O)(OC=1C(=CC=CC=1)C)OC1=CC=CC=C1C YSMRWXYRXBRSND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHWKHLYUUZGSCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrabromophthalic anhydride Chemical compound BrC1=C(Br)C(Br)=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1Br QHWKHLYUUZGSCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SIZDMAYTWUINIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[1-(4-cyanatophenyl)ethyl]phenyl] cyanate Chemical compound C=1C=C(OC#N)C=CC=1C(C)C1=CC=C(OC#N)C=C1 SIZDMAYTWUINIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- INHGSGHLQLYYND-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-[2-(4-cyanatophenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropan-2-yl]phenyl] cyanate Chemical compound C=1C=C(OC#N)C=CC=1C(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=C(OC#N)C=C1 INHGSGHLQLYYND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUWOETZNAMLKMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [P].[Ni].[Cu] Chemical compound [P].[Ni].[Cu] JUWOETZNAMLKMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylacetone Chemical class CC(=O)CC(C)=O YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOZYXUHNEBULJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum oxygen(2-) rhodium(3+) Chemical compound [O--].[O--].[O--].[Al+3].[Rh+3] VOZYXUHNEBULJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940058905 antimony compound for treatment of leishmaniasis and trypanosomiasis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001463 antimony compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012752 auxiliary agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- UMIVXZPTRXBADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzocyclobutene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCC2=C1 UMIVXZPTRXBADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZLSMCQSGRWNEGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(4-aminophenyl)methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 ZLSMCQSGRWNEGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNWMOSZLRHZXRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyl)oxycyclohexyl]methanone Chemical compound C1CC(N)CCC1OC1CCC(C(=O)C2CCC(CC2)OC2CCC(N)CC2)CC1 RNWMOSZLRHZXRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011088 calibration curve Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010061592 cardiac fibrillation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001430 chromium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940117975 chromium trioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium trioxide Inorganic materials O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOPOVCBBYLSVDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(6+) Chemical compound [Cr+6] JOPOVCBBYLSVDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMDZJFZMJECOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(6+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Cr+6] GAMDZJFZMJECOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical class OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004927 clay Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052570 clay Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003750 conditioning effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- JZCCFEFSEZPSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.[Cu+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O JZCCFEFSEZPSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000001913 cyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WHHGLZMJPXIBIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N decabromodiphenyl ether Chemical compound BrC1=C(Br)C(Br)=C(Br)C(Br)=C1OC1=C(Br)C(Br)=C(Br)C(Br)=C1Br WHHGLZMJPXIBIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005238 degreasing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- RAABOESOVLLHRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazene Chemical compound N=N RAABOESOVLLHRU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000071 diazene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GRTGGSXWHGKRSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethyl methyl ether Chemical compound COC(Cl)Cl GRTGGSXWHGKRSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGBSISYHAICWAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicyandiamide Chemical compound NC(N)=NC#N QGBSISYHAICWAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N diisopropylcarbodiimide Natural products CC(C)NC(=O)NC(C)C BGRWYRAHAFMIBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- PPTYNCJKYCGKEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethoxy-phenyl-prop-2-enoxysilane Chemical compound C=CCO[Si](OC)(OC)C1=CC=CC=C1 PPTYNCJKYCGKEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical group [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005553 drilling Methods 0.000 description 1
- BXKDSDJJOVIHMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N edrophonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CC[N+](C)(C)C1=CC=CC(O)=C1 BXKDSDJJOVIHMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000806 elastomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005566 electron beam evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002168 ethanoic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NKSJNEHGWDZZQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl(trimethoxy)silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)C=C NKSJNEHGWDZZQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOXXJEVNDJOOLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl-tris(2-methoxyethoxy)silane Chemical compound COCCO[Si](OCCOC)(OCCOC)C=C WOXXJEVNDJOOLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002600 fibrillogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 239000005350 fused silica glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylene diisocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NCCCCCCN=C=O RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012784 inorganic fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Chemical compound OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophorone diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(N=C=O)CC(C)(CN=C=O)C1 NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006838 isophorone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940018564 m-phenylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- SGGOJYZMTYGPCH-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);naphthalene-2-carboxylate Chemical compound [Mn+2].C1=CC=CC2=CC(C(=O)[O-])=CC=C21.C1=CC=CC2=CC(C(=O)[O-])=CC=C21 SGGOJYZMTYGPCH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQKXQUJXLSSJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine cyanurate Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1.O=C1NC(=O)NC(=O)N1 ZQKXQUJXLSSJCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000000 metal hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004692 metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000005065 mining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 1
- PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCNCCN PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQWFLKHKWJMCEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-[3-[dimethoxy(methyl)silyl]propyl]ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CO[Si](C)(OC)CCCNCCN MQWFLKHKWJMCEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNOPIUAQISRISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-hydroxy-2-propan-2-ylsulfonylethanimidamide Chemical compound CC(C)S(=O)(=O)CC(N)=NO LNOPIUAQISRISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTAZYLNFDRKIHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dioctyloctan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(CCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCC XTAZYLNFDRKIHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXPPAOGUKPJVDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1,2-diol Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=C(O)C(O)=CC=C21 NXPPAOGUKPJVDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-acid Natural products C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004957 naphthylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BSIDXUHWUKTRQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel palladium Chemical compound [Ni].[Pd] BSIDXUHWUKTRQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004010 onium ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002903 organophosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OOSUVFMPZZUMMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum oxorhodium Chemical compound O=[Rh].O=[Pt] OOSUVFMPZZUMMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUJIDPITZJWBSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium(2+) Chemical compound [Pd+2] MUJIDPITZJWBSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005011 phenolic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- OFNHPGDEEMZPFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphanylidynenickel Chemical compound [P].[Ni] OFNHPGDEEMZPFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003017 phosphorus Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003018 phosphorus compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentachloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)Cl FAIAAWCVCHQXDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002530 polyetherether ketone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000069 polyphenylene sulfide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010948 rhodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodium atom Chemical compound [Rh] MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008054 signal transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoroethene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)F BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001169 thermoplastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004416 thermosoftening plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical class [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene 2,4-diisocyanate Chemical class CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1N=C=O DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUELTTOHQODFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene 2,6-diisocyanate Chemical class CC1=C(N=C=O)C=CC=C1N=C=O RUELTTOHQODFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005628 tolylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003918 triazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NJMOHBDCGXJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimellitic anhydride chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 NJMOHBDCGXJLNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- BPSIOYPQMFLKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy-[3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propyl]silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCOCC1CO1 BPSIOYPQMFLKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZZNDPSIHUTMOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenyl phosphate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OP(OC=1C=CC=CC=1)(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 XZZNDPSIHUTMOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002759 woven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/38—Improvement of the adhesion between the insulating substrate and the metal
- H05K3/386—Improvement of the adhesion between the insulating substrate and the metal by the use of an organic polymeric bonding layer, e.g. adhesive
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/10—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern
- H05K3/18—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern using precipitation techniques to apply the conductive material
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/1601—Process or apparatus
- C23C18/1603—Process or apparatus coating on selected surface areas
- C23C18/1607—Process or apparatus coating on selected surface areas by direct patterning
- C23C18/1608—Process or apparatus coating on selected surface areas by direct patterning from pretreatment step, i.e. selective pre-treatment
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/1601—Process or apparatus
- C23C18/1633—Process of electroless plating
- C23C18/1646—Characteristics of the product obtained
- C23C18/165—Multilayered product
- C23C18/1653—Two or more layers with at least one layer obtained by electroless plating and one layer obtained by electroplating
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/18—Pretreatment of the material to be coated
- C23C18/20—Pretreatment of the material to be coated of organic surfaces, e.g. resins
- C23C18/2006—Pretreatment of the material to be coated of organic surfaces, e.g. resins by other methods than those of C23C18/22 - C23C18/30
- C23C18/2093—Pretreatment of the material to be coated of organic surfaces, e.g. resins by other methods than those of C23C18/22 - C23C18/30 by electrochemical pretreatment
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C18/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating
- C23C18/16—Chemical coating by decomposition of either liquid compounds or solutions of the coating forming compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating; Contact plating by reduction or substitution, e.g. electroless plating
- C23C18/31—Coating with metals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C25—ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PROCESSES; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D—PROCESSES FOR THE ELECTROLYTIC OR ELECTROPHORETIC PRODUCTION OF COATINGS; ELECTROFORMING; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C25D5/00—Electroplating characterised by the process; Pretreatment or after-treatment of workpieces
- C25D5/02—Electroplating of selected surface areas
- C25D5/022—Electroplating of selected surface areas using masking means
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/10—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern
- H05K3/108—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits in which conductive material is applied to the insulating support in such a manner as to form the desired conductive pattern by semi-additive methods; masks therefor
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/22—Secondary treatment of printed circuits
- H05K3/24—Reinforcing the conductive pattern
- H05K3/244—Finish plating of conductors, especially of copper conductors, e.g. for pads or lands
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/38—Improvement of the adhesion between the insulating substrate and the metal
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to printed circuits covered by H05K1/00
- H05K2201/01—Dielectrics
- H05K2201/0137—Materials
- H05K2201/0154—Polyimide
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to printed circuits covered by H05K1/00
- H05K2201/03—Conductive materials
- H05K2201/0332—Structure of the conductor
- H05K2201/0335—Layered conductors or foils
- H05K2201/0355—Metal foils
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits covered by H05K3/00
- H05K2203/07—Treatments involving liquids, e.g. plating, rinsing
- H05K2203/0703—Plating
- H05K2203/072—Electroless plating, e.g. finish plating or initial plating
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/40—Forming printed elements for providing electric connections to or between printed circuits
- H05K3/42—Plated through-holes or plated via connections
- H05K3/425—Plated through-holes or plated via connections characterised by the sequence of steps for plating the through-holes or via connections in relation to the conductive pattern
- H05K3/427—Plated through-holes or plated via connections characterised by the sequence of steps for plating the through-holes or via connections in relation to the conductive pattern initial plating of through-holes in metal-clad substrates
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/46—Manufacturing multilayer circuits
- H05K3/4644—Manufacturing multilayer circuits by building the multilayer layer by layer, i.e. build-up multilayer circuits
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K3/00—Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
- H05K3/46—Manufacturing multilayer circuits
- H05K3/4644—Manufacturing multilayer circuits by building the multilayer layer by layer, i.e. build-up multilayer circuits
- H05K3/4652—Adding a circuit layer by laminating a metal foil or a preformed metal foil pattern
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10S428/901—Printed circuit
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T29/00—Metal working
- Y10T29/49—Method of mechanical manufacture
- Y10T29/49002—Electrical device making
- Y10T29/49117—Conductor or circuit manufacturing
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T29/00—Metal working
- Y10T29/49—Method of mechanical manufacture
- Y10T29/49002—Electrical device making
- Y10T29/49117—Conductor or circuit manufacturing
- Y10T29/49124—On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T29/00—Metal working
- Y10T29/49—Method of mechanical manufacture
- Y10T29/49002—Electrical device making
- Y10T29/49117—Conductor or circuit manufacturing
- Y10T29/49124—On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
- Y10T29/49126—Assembling bases
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T29/00—Metal working
- Y10T29/49—Method of mechanical manufacture
- Y10T29/49002—Electrical device making
- Y10T29/49117—Conductor or circuit manufacturing
- Y10T29/49124—On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
- Y10T29/4913—Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc.
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T29/00—Metal working
- Y10T29/49—Method of mechanical manufacture
- Y10T29/49002—Electrical device making
- Y10T29/49117—Conductor or circuit manufacturing
- Y10T29/49124—On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
- Y10T29/4913—Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc.
- Y10T29/49144—Assembling to base an electrical component, e.g., capacitor, etc. by metal fusion
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T29/00—Metal working
- Y10T29/49—Method of mechanical manufacture
- Y10T29/49002—Electrical device making
- Y10T29/49117—Conductor or circuit manufacturing
- Y10T29/49124—On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
- Y10T29/49155—Manufacturing circuit on or in base
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T29/00—Metal working
- Y10T29/49—Method of mechanical manufacture
- Y10T29/49002—Electrical device making
- Y10T29/49117—Conductor or circuit manufacturing
- Y10T29/49124—On flat or curved insulated base, e.g., printed circuit, etc.
- Y10T29/49155—Manufacturing circuit on or in base
- Y10T29/49165—Manufacturing circuit on or in base by forming conductive walled aperture in base
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/12—All metal or with adjacent metals
- Y10T428/12472—Microscopic interfacial wave or roughness
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/12—All metal or with adjacent metals
- Y10T428/12493—Composite; i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components [e.g., layers, joint, etc.]
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/12—All metal or with adjacent metals
- Y10T428/12493—Composite; i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components [e.g., layers, joint, etc.]
- Y10T428/125—Deflectable by temperature change [e.g., thermostat element]
- Y10T428/12507—More than two components
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/12—All metal or with adjacent metals
- Y10T428/12493—Composite; i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components [e.g., layers, joint, etc.]
- Y10T428/125—Deflectable by temperature change [e.g., thermostat element]
- Y10T428/12514—One component Cu-based
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/12—All metal or with adjacent metals
- Y10T428/12493—Composite; i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components [e.g., layers, joint, etc.]
- Y10T428/12535—Composite; i.e., plural, adjacent, spatially distinct metal components [e.g., layers, joint, etc.] with additional, spatially distinct nonmetal component
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/24—Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
- Y10T428/24802—Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond [e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.]
- Y10T428/24917—Discontinuous or differential coating, impregnation or bond [e.g., artwork, printing, retouched photograph, etc.] including metal layer
Definitions
- the invention relates to a printed wiring board and its production method. Further, the invention relates to a formation method of a resin layer on a metal layer, an inner conductor circuit treatment method, and a multilayer circuit board.
- 10-4254 discloses a method involving forming holds to be IVH in the resin surface in which a circuit is to be formed by laser; surface-roughening the resin surface with several ⁇ m by chemical roughening or plasma treatment; supplying a Pd catalyst; carrying out electroless plating in about 1 ⁇ m-thickness, forming a resist layer for pattern electroplating, carrying out wiring formation by pattern electroplating, and then removing the resist and a power supply layer existing in the portion other than the circuit and in such a manner the method makes more finer wiring formation possible as compared with a subtractive method with a high side etching degree.
- 2003-158364 discloses a method of forming a circuit using a separable metal foil with a thickness of 5 ⁇ m or thinner formed on a supporting metal foil.
- the method makes production of a printed wiring board with a high reliability possible without requiring electroless plating of the surface of an insulating resin layer.
- the roughened shape inversely interferes the fine wiring formation.
- the electric characteristics are deteriorated by the roughened shape.
- JP-A Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open
- 7-221444 discloses a method involving forming a copper layer with about 1 ⁇ m thickness on one face of a polyimide film by using an electron beam evaporation apparatus and layering the layer on an intermediate circuit by an adhesive or a prepreg to form an electric power supply layer.
- the substrate is very expensive and thus does not become popular.
- JP-A No. 7-221444 discloses a method of electrolytic gold plating to improve the connection reliability of terminals of a substrate and a semiconductor chip.
- the gold plating method there are an electroless gold plating method and an electrolytic gold plating method. Between them, the electroless gold plating method which requires no electric power supply is advantageous in high densification.
- a trouble that the gold plating is deposited on the resin sometimes occurs at the time of electroless gold plating according to the above-mentioned method disclosed in JP-A No. 10-4254.
- JP-A No. 10-242638 discloses a method involving surface roughening a conductor circuit of a core substrate with a copper-nickel-phosphorus alloy, forming an insulating layer thereafter, and forming a conductor circuit on the insulating layer.
- JP-A No. 2000-282265 discloses a method of roughening in micron order the copper surface by using an aqueous solution containing an inorganic acid and a copper-oxidizing agent as main agents and at least one kind azole and etching suppressing agent as auxiliary agents.
- 9-246720 discloses a method involving forming continuous projected and recessed parts with height in a range of 1.5 to 5.0 ⁇ m by micro-etching and carrying out chromation and treatment with a coupling agent.
- the methods can be divided broadly into methods of covering copper with an anti-rust treatment metal other than copper, methods of forming the roughened surface in micron order by roughening the conductor surface by etching or plating, and combination of these methods.
- the embodiments of the invention are the following (1A) to (17A).
- a printed wiring board having a conductor circuit comprising a copper layer adjacent to an insulating layer and an electroless gold plating, wherein the insulating layer has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 ⁇ m or less.
- (11A) A production method of a printed wiring board involving forming a circuit on a substrate which has a copper foil on an insulating layer and carrying out electroless gold plating on the circuit, wherein the face of the copper foil contacting the insulating layer is not practically surface-roughened.
- (12A) The production method of a printed wiring board according to (10A) or (11A) including steps of forming holes penetrating the insulating layer and the copper foil for interlayer connection, carrying out electroless copper plating in the holes and on the copper foil, forming a resist layer on the portion where no conductor circuit is to be formed, carrying out patterned electrolytic copper plating in the holes and on the copper foil, removing the resist layer, and removing the copper foil and the electroless copper plating in the portions other than the portion to be the conductor circuit by etching.
- (16A) The production method of a printed wiring board according to one of (10A) to (15A) involving electroless palladium plating before electroless gold plating.
- (17A) The production method of a printed wiring board according to one of (10A) to (16A), wherein the minimum pitch of the conductor circuit is 80 ⁇ m or narrower.
- a printed wiring board comprising an insulating layer and a conductor circuit, wherein a part of the conductor circuit is made of an electrolytic copper foil and the surface in the inner layer side of the conductor circuit has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 ⁇ m or less and an adhesive layer is inserted between the conductor circuit and the insulating layer.
- Rz mean surface roughness
- thermosetting resin composition containing (A) polyphenylene ether or a modified polyphenylene ether is used for the insulating layer.
- thermosetting resin composition containing (B) a thermosetting resin composition containing a cyanate ester compound is used for the insulating layer.
- thermosetting resin composition containing an epoxy compound is used for the insulating layer.
- (14B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (13B), wherein (D) a thermosetting resin composition containing a polyamide imide compound is used for the insulating layer.
- (D) a thermosetting resin composition containing a polyamide imide compound is used for the insulating layer.
- (15B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (14B), wherein the peel strength of the insulating layer and the conductor circuit with 1 mm width is 0.6 kN/m or higher.
- (16B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (15B), wherein the peel strength of the insulating layer and the conductor circuit with 1 mm width is 0.4 kN/m or higher after heating at 150° C. for 240 hours.
- (17B) A production method of a printed wiring board involving forming a conductor circuit by patterned electroplating using a metal foil firmly fixed on an insulating layer as an electric power supply layer, wherein the metal foil is not surface-roughened in both faces and an adhesive layer is inserted between the insulating resin and the metal foil.
- (18B) The production method of a printed wiring board according to (17B), wherein the metal foil has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 ⁇ m or less in both faces.
- (19B) The production method of a printed wiring board according to (17B) or (18B), wherein the metal foil has a thickness of 3 ⁇ m or thinner.
- (20B) The production method of a printed wiring board according to one of (17B) to (19B), wherein an electroless plating layer is formed on the metal foil.
- a wiring board advantageous in the fine wiring formation, electric properties, and production cost can be obtained and a wiring board excellent in high frequency properties can be obtained as well.
- (1C) A formation method of a resin layer on a metal by forming a thin film of a polyamide imide on the metal as adhesion promoting treatment and then coating the metal with the resin.
- (2C) The formation method of a resin layer on a metal according to (1C), wherein the thickness of the polyamide imide layer is 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m.
- (3C) The formation method of a resin layer on a metal according to (1C) or (2C), wherein the metal is copper.
- (4C) The formation method of a resin layer on a metal according to one of (1C) to (3C), wherein the polyamide imide layer is formed directly on copper without any practical surface roughening treatment.
- (12C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to one of (5C) to (11C), wherein a polyamide imide provided with high moisture absorbing and heat resistant properties by comprising a saturated hydrocarbon as a unit component is used.
- 13C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to one of (5C) to (12C) involving forming an insulating layer on the core substrate subjected to the inner conductor circuit treatment.
- 14C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to (13C), wherein the insulating layer contains at least an epoxy resin.
- (15C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to one of (13C) or (14C), wherein the insulating layer is made of prepreg.
- (16C) A multilayer wiring board comprising wiring, a polyamide imide resin layer and an insulating layer, wherein the wiring is inside of the multilayer wiring board, the insulating layer is an outer layer which contacts the wiring via the polyamide imide resin layer.
- an inner conductor circuit treatment method capable of providing excellent electric properties and suppressing dispersion of wiring and occurrence of defection is provided.
- FIG. 1 shows a cross-sectional view showing one embodiment of printed wiring board production process according to the invention.
- FIG. 2 shows a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of printed wiring board production process according to the invention.
- FIG. 3 shows a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of printed wiring board production process according to the invention.
- FIG. 4 illustrates an evaluation method of gold plating precipitation amount on a resin.
- FIG. 5 shows a cross-sectional view of a substrate for connection reliability evaluation.
- a core substrate comprising two layers is produced.
- metal layers 2 and 202 are formed in both sides 1 and 201 of an insulating layer as shown in FIG. 1( a ) and FIG. 3( a ).
- a method of using a laminate plate comprising metal foils on both sides of a prepreg is economical and therefore preferable.
- an adhesive layer 103 may be inserted between the insulating layer 101 and the metal layer 102 for improving the adhesion.
- the adhesive layer 103 is only an intermediate for improving the adhesion to the metal foils.
- the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or thicker in terms of the adhesion.
- the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 10 ⁇ m or thinner in consideration of the connection reliability.
- the thickness is further preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m, even more preferably 0.5 to 2.0 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the adhesive layer is desirable to be 1 ⁇ 8 or thinner than the thickness of the insulating layer in terms of the reliability and electric properties.
- a composite material of an inorganic substance and an organic substance is preferable for the insulating layer and a prepreg is preferable to use for lowering the cost.
- the prepreg is produced by imersing or coating a substrate with a resin composition.
- a substrate various types of well known substrates used for laminate plates for electric insulating materials may be used.
- the materials for the substrate are inorganic fibers of such as E glass, D glass, S glass or Q glass; organic fibers of such as polyimides, polyesters, or tetrafluoroethylene; and their mixtures, however the materials are not limited to these examples.
- These substrates may be in any form such as woven fabrics, nonwoven fabrics, roving, chopped strand mats, surfacing mats and the like.
- the materials and the forms of the substrate may be selected properly depending on the uses and functions of the aimed formed products. Further, if necessary, those made of one or more kinds of materials and having one or more forms may be used.
- the thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited, however those with a thickness of about 0.03 to 0.5 mm may be used in general. Those subjected to surface-treatment with a silane coupling agent or the like or to mechanical fibrillation are preferable in terms of the heat resistance, moisture resistance, and processibility.
- thermosetting resin excellent in heat resistance and chemical resistance
- the thermosetting resin are phenol resins, epoxy resins, cyanate resins, maleimide resins, isocyanate resins, benzocyclobutene resins, and vinyl resins, however the thermosetting resin is not limited to these examples.
- the thermosetting resin one kind of resins may be used alone or two kinds of resins may be mixed and used.
- the epoxy resins are widely used since they are excellent in heat resistance, chemical resistance, and electric properties and relatively economical.
- the epoxy resins are bisphenol type epoxy resins such as bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and bisphenol S type epoxy resin; novolak type epoxy resins such as phenol novolak type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, and bisphenol A novolak type epoxy resin; alicyclic epoxy resins; aliphatic chain epoxy resins; diglycidyl ether compounds of bisphenol; diglycidyl ether compounds of naphthalene diol; diglycidyl ether compounds of phenol; diglycidyl ether compounds of alcohols; and their alkyl-substituted compounds, halogenated compounds, and hydrogenated compounds, however the epoxy resins are not limited to these examples.
- One kind of the epoxy resins may be used alone or two or more kinds of the epoxy resins may be mixed and used.
- a curing agent to be used together with the epoxy resins any agents may be used without particular limit if they can cure the epoxy resins.
- the curing agents are polyfunctional phenols, polyfunctional alcohols, amines, imidazole compounds, acid anhydrides, organic phosphorus compounds and their halides, however the curing agents are not limited to these examples.
- One kind of these epoxy resin curing agents may be used alone or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
- the cyanate ester resin is a thermosetting resin comprising triazine rings as repeating units and obtained by heating a cyanate compound.
- the resin is used in the case excellent high frequency properties are required since the resin is excellent in the dielectric properties.
- the cyanate compound are cyanate ester compounds such as 2,2-bis(4-cyanatophenyl)propane, bis(4-cyanatophenyl)ethane, 2,2-bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-cyanatophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-cyanatophenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, ⁇ , ⁇ ′-bis(4-cyanatophenyl)-m-diisopropylbenzene, phenol novolak, and alkylphenol novolak, however the cyanate compound may not be limited particularly to these examples.
- cyanate ester compounds may be used alone or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
- the cyanate ester compound to be used here may be oligomerated partially into trimers and pentamers.
- a curing catalyst and a curing promoter may be added to the cyanate compound for curing.
- the curing catalyst may be metals such as manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc and the like, however the catalyst may not be limited to these examples.
- organometal salts such as 2-ethylhexanates, naphthanates, and octylates
- organometal complexes such as acetylacetone complexes
- the catalyst may not be limited to these examples. They may be use alone or two or more kinds of them may be mixed and used.
- Phenols are used preferably as the curing promoter. Practically, examples are monofunctional phenols such as nonylphenyl and p-cumylphenyl; bifunctional phenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F, and bisphenol S; and polyfunctional phenol such as phenol novolak and cresol novolak, however it is not limited to these examples. They may be used alone or two or more kinds of them may be mixed and used.
- the resin composition may be blended with a thermoplastic resin.
- thermoplastic resin examples include fluoro resins, polyphenylene ethers, modified polyphenylene ethers, polyphenylene sulfides, polycarbonates, polyether imides, polyether ether ketones, polyallylates, polyamides, polyamide imides, polybutadienes, however the thermoplastic resin is not limited to these examples.
- the thermoplastic resins may be used alone or two or more types of them may be mixed and used.
- the resin composition is preferable to have a specific dielectric constant 3.0 or lower or a dielectric dissipation factor 0.01 or lower at 1 GHz. Use of such a resin composition lowers the dielectric loss in wiring and makes it possible to form a circuit with a further lowered transmission loss.
- a resin excellent in such dielectric properties polyphenylene ethers and cyanate esters may be exemplified.
- thermosetting resins such as epoxy resins, cyanate ester resins, triazine-bismaleimide resins may be blended with the polyphenylene ethers.
- double bonds or polymerizable functional groups such as epoxy group may be introduced into the molecular chains of the polyphenylene ethers.
- thermoplastic resins in the case of adding polyphenylene ethers and modified polyphenylene ethers, the dielectric properties of cured materials are improved and therefore they are useful.
- the polyphenylene ethers and modified polyphenylene ethers are poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether, alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and polystyrene, alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and styrene-butadiene copolymers, alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers, alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and polyamides, and alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and
- functional groups such as amino, epoxy group, carboxyl, styryl, and methacryl may be introduced into polymer terminals or functional groups such as amino, epoxy group, carboxyl, styryl, and methacryl may be introduced into the polymer side chains.
- thermoplastic resins polyamide imide resins are excellent in heat resistance, and moisture resistance and therefore useful.
- Raw materials of the polyamide imide resins include acidic components and amine components. Examples of the acid components are trimellitic anhydride and trimellitic anhydride monochloride, however the components are not limited to these examples.
- polyimide amide resins may be modified with siloxane. In such as case, siloxane diamine is used as the amino components. In consideration of the processibility, it is preferable to use polyimide amide resins having a molecular weight of 50,000 or more. The polyimide amide resins may be described more in details later.
- the resin composition may contain an inorganic filler.
- the inorganic filler are alumina, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, clay, talc, antimony trioxide, antimony pentoxide, zinc oxide, fused silica, glass powder, quartz powder, and shirasu balloon, however the inorganic filler may not be limited to the examples. These inorganic fillers may be used alone and two or more of them may be mixed and used.
- the resin composition may contain an organic solvent.
- organic solvent are aromatic hydrocarbons solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and trimethylbenzene; ketone type solvents methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; ether type solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; alcohol type solvents such as isopropanol and butanol; ether alcohol type solvents such as 2-methoxyethanol, and 2-butoxyethanol; and amido type solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide, and N, N-dimethylacetamide, however the organic solvent may not be limited to these examples and these solvents may be used properly in combination.
- the solvent amount in a varnish in the case of producing a prepreg is preferably in a range of 40 to 80% by weight and the viscosity of the varnish is preferably in a range of 20 to 100 cP.
- the resin composition may contain a flame retardant.
- flame retardant examples to be used as the flame retardant are conventionally known flame retardants such as bromo compounds such as decabromodiphenyl ether, tetrabromobisphenol A, tetrabromophthalic anhydride, and tribromophenol; phosphorus compounds such as triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, trixylyl phosphate, cresyldiphenyl phosphate; metal hydroxides such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; red phosphorus and its modified products; antimony compounds such as antimony trioxide and antimony pentoxide; and triazine compounds such as melamine, cyanuric acid, melamine cyanurate, however the flame retardant is not limited to these examples.
- additives and fillers such as a curing agent, a curing promoting agent, thermoplastic particles, a coloring agent, a UV impermeable agent, an antioxidant, and a reducing agent may be added to the resin composition in the production.
- the substrate is impregnated in or coated with the resin composition in an adhesion amount of the composition to the substrate adjusted so as to be 20 to 90% by weight on the basis of resin content in the prepreg after drying and then the resin composition is dried generally at 100 to 200° C. for 1 to 30 minutes to obtain a prepreg in semi-cured state (in B stage state).
- One to twenty sheets of such prepreg are laminated; an adhesive is applied to both faces of the laminate; metal foils are attached to both faces and then the entire body of the resulting laminate is pressurized while being heated.
- Conventional laminate plate production technique may be employed for the forming conditions. For example, multi-step pressing, multi-press vacuum pressing, continuous forming, autoclave formation apparatus may be used for the formation.
- the formation may be carried out in conditions of 100 to 250° C. temperature, 2 to 100 kg/cm 2 pressure, and 0.1 to 5 hour heating. Also, using a vacuum lamination apparatus, the formation may be carried out in laminating conditions of 50 to 150° C. temperature and 0.1 to 5 MPa vacuum or atmospheric pressure.
- the thickness of the prepreg layer to be an insulating layer may differ depending on the uses, however it is generally preferably 0.1 to 5.0 mm.
- GEA-E-679F and GEA-679-FG (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which are prepreg, may be used for the insulating layer.
- a electrodeposition layer having many very small bumps is formed on the metal foils or the metal foils are subjected to roughening treatment by oxidation, reduction, or etching.
- Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-21618 discloses substances for the above-mentioned electrodeposition and therefore, the invention include its specification as reference in this specification.
- the metal foils to be used in the invention are not subjected to the roughening treatment. Both faces of the metal foils to be used for the invention have 2.0 ⁇ m or less ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) defined in JIS B 0601. If no roughening treatment is carried out, the unevenness of the metal foils is slight.
- the metal foils do not remain when the metal foils formed on the resin layer are removed by etching.
- Copper foils, nickel foils, and aluminum foils may be used as the metal foils and generally, copper foils are used.
- the production conditions of the copper foils are commonly sulfuric acid 50 to 100 g/L, copper 30 to 100 g/L, solution temperature 20 to 80° C., and current density 0.5 to 100 A/dm 2 in the case of a copper sulfate bath and potassium pyrophosphate 100 to 700 g/L, copper 10 to 50 g/L, solution temperature 30 to 60° C., pH 8 to 12, and current density 1 to 10 A/dm 2 in the case of a copper pyrophosphate bath.
- Various kinds of additives may be added in consideration of the physical properties and smoothness of copper.
- the foils to be used preferably are peelable type metal foils with a thickness of 0.3 ⁇ m or thinner and a surface roughness Rz of 2.0 ⁇ m or less.
- the peelable type metal foils are those having a carrier and the carrier is separable.
- a metal oxide or an organic layer to be a peeling layer is formed on a carrier foil with a thickness of 10 to 50 ⁇ m and metal foils may be formed under the conditions of sulfuric acid 50 to 100 g/L, copper 30 to 100 g/L, solution temperature 20 to 80° C., and current density 0.5 to 100 A/dm 2 in the case of a copper sulfate bath.
- the metal foils with a thickness of 0.3 to 3.0 ⁇ m may be formed under the conditions of potassium pyrophosphate 100 to 700 g/L, copper 10 to 50 g/L, solution temperature 30 to 60° C., pH 8 to 12, and current density 1 to 10 A/dm 2 in the case of a copper pyrophosphate bath.
- the wiring formability is excellent as it will be described later.
- etchable type copper foils having an aluminum carrier or a nickel carrier may be used.
- the anti-rust treatment for the faces of the metal foils to be stuck to a resin may be carried out by using nickel, tin, zinc, chromium, molybdenum, cobalt or their alloys.
- Thin film formation on the metal foils is carried out by using the metal or alloys by sputtering, electroplating, or electroless plating. Among them, in terms of the cost, electroplating is preferable. Practically, plating is carried out by using a plating solution containing one or more salts of the above-exemplified metals to form the plating layer.
- a complexing agent such as a citric acid salt, tartaric acid salt, sulfamic acid may be added to make metal ion precipitation easy.
- the plating solution is generally used in an acidic region and plating is carried out at a room temperature to 80° C. Generally, the plating is carried out under the conditions properly selected form 0.1 to 10 A/dm 2 for the current density and 1 to 60 seconds, preferably 1 to 30 seconds for the current application period.
- the deposition amount of the anti-rust treatment metal differs depending on the metal type, however it is preferably 10 to 2,000 ⁇ g/dm 2 in total. If the thickness of the anti-rust treatment is too thick, it results in etching inhibition and electric property deterioration and if the thickness is too thin, it results in decrease of the peel strength to the resin.
- nickel is preferable to be used as a main component for the anti-rust treatment for the metal foils.
- the peel strength decrease is slight in a heat resistance deterioration test and a moisture resistance deterioration test and therefore, it is advantageous.
- the treatment is carried out by using an aqueous solution containing hexavalent chromium ion.
- the chromate treatment can be carried out by simple dipping treatment, however cathode treatment is carried out preferably.
- the treatment may be carried out preferably under the conditions of sodium dichromate 0.1 to 50 g/L, pH 1 to 13, bath temperature 0 to 60° C., current density 0.1 to 5 A/dm 2 , and electrolytic period 0.1 to 100 seconds. Chromic acid or potassium dichromate may be used in place of sodium dichromate.
- a silane coupling agent is adsorbed in the outermost layers of the metal foils.
- the silane coupling agent are epoxy functional silanes such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexylethyltrimethoxysilane; amino functional silanes such as 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane; olefin functional silanes such as vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinylphenyltrimethoxysilane, and vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane; acrylic functional silanes such as 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane; methacrylic functional silanes such as 3-methacryloxypropyl
- silane coupling agents may be used alone or a plurality of the silanes may be mixed and used.
- These coupling agents may be dissolved in a solvent in a concentration of 0.1 to 15 g/L and applied to the metal foils at a room temperature to 50° C. or electro deposited for the adsorption.
- These silane coupling agents form a coating by forming condensation bonding with the hydroxyl groups of the anti-rust metal on the metal foil surface. Stable bonds can be formed by heating or UR radiation after the silane coupling agent treatment. In the case of heating, the silane coupling treatment is dried at 100 to 200° C. for 2 to 60 second. In the case of UV radiation, the radiation is carried out with 200 to 400 nm wavelength and 200 to 2,500 mJ/cm 2 intensity.
- the combination of the silane coupling agent with the insulating layer or an adhesive layer is preferably selected so as to cause chemical reaction of the functional groups of the insulating layer or the adhesive layer with the functional groups of the silane coupling agent.
- the silane coupling agent for example, in the case epoxy groups are contained in the insulating layer or the adhesive layer, if an amino functional silane is selected as the silane coupling agent, the effect is more efficiently exhibited. It is attributed to that firm chemical bonds are formed between the epoxy groups and amino groups and the bonds are extremely stable to the heat and water.
- epoxy group-amino group epoxy group-epoxy group; epoxy group-mercapto group; epoxy group-hydroxyl group; epoxy group-carboxyl group; epoxy group-cyanato group; amino group-hydroxyl group; amino group-carboxyl group; and amino group-cyanato group
- epoxy group-amino group epoxy group-epoxy group
- epoxy group-mercapto group epoxy group-hydroxyl group
- epoxy group-carboxyl group epoxy group-cyanato group
- amino group-hydroxyl group amino group-carboxyl group
- amino group-cyanato group amino group-cyanato group
- the insulating layer or the adhesive layer contains an epoxy resin which is liquid at a normal temperature, the viscosity is considerably decreased at the time of melting. Therefore, the wettability in the adhesion interface is improved and the chemical reaction of the epoxy resin and the coupling agent is easily caused. As a result, a high peel strength can be obtained. Practically, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and phenol novolak type epoxy resin with about 200 epoxy equivalent are preferable.
- a heat curable latent curing agent is preferably used. That is, in the case chemical reaction is caused between the functional groups of the thermosetting resin and the functional groups of the silane coupling agent, it is preferable to select the curing agent so as to make the reaction temperature of the functional groups of the thermosetting resin and the functional groups of the silane coupling agent lower than the temperature at which the curing reaction of the thermosetting resin. Accordingly, the reaction of the functional groups of the thermosetting resin and the functional groups of the silane coupling agent is carried out in higher priority and selectively. Therefore, the adhesion of the metal foils and the resin composition is increased.
- thermosetting type latent curing agent for the resin composition containing the epoxy resin solid dispersion-heat dissolution type curing agents of such as dicyandiamine, dihydrazide compounds, imidazole compounds, and amine-epoxy adducts and reactive group block type curing agents of such as urea compounds, onium compounds, boron trichloride-amine salts, block carboxylic acid compounds can be exemplified.
- a polyamide imide type resin is contained in the insulating layer or adhesive layer, especially high adhesion can be obtained. Since the polyamide imide resin type adhesive shows high adhesion to a copper foil which is not subjected to the anti-rust treatment or coupling agent treatment, these treatments may be eliminated.
- an isocyanate method based on the reaction of trimellitic anhydride and an aromatic diisocyanate is available.
- Application examples of the method are a method (U.S. Pat. No. 2,897,186) involving reaction of an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and a diamine having ether bond in excess diamine condition and then reaction with diisocyanate and a method (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-182466) involving reaction of an aromatic diamine and trimellitic anhydride.
- the polyamide imide can be produced according to the isocyanate method and for example, a method (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 05-009254) involving condensation polymerization of an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, an aromatic diisocyanate, and siloxanediamine; a method (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-116517) involving condensation polymerization of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid or an aromatic tricarboxylic acid with siloxanediamine; and a method (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No.
- 11-130831 involving reaction of an aromatic diisocyanate with a mixture containing a diimide dicarboxylic acid obtained by reaction of trimellitic acid and a mixture containing a diamine having 3 or more aromatic rings and siloxanediamine can be exemplified.
- the polyamide imide type adhesive layer is used while being mixed with a thermosetting epoxy resin-containing resin composition based on necessity.
- the disclosure of the U.S. Pat. No. 2,897,186, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 04-182466, 05-009254, 06-116517, and 11-130831 is expressly incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the resin composition as described above and metal foils which are not subjected to the surface roughening treatment are laminated and united by a conventionally known method to obtain a laminate plate shown in FIG. 1( a ) and FIG. 3( a ).
- the adhesive and the metal foils which are not subjected to the surface roughening treatment are printed by a conventional method and after that the foils are laminated on the insulating layers to obtain the laminate plate shown in FIG. 2( a ).
- penetrating through holes 4 , 104 , and 204 for interlayer connection are formed in the above-mentioned laminate body ( FIG. 1( b ), FIG. 2( b ), and FIG. 3( b )). If the through hole diameter is 100 ⁇ m or wider, drilling work is suitable. If the through hole diameter is 100 ⁇ m or narrower, gas laser of CO 2 , CO, and excimer laser, and solid laser such as YAG laser are suitable to be employed. If the through hole diameter is around 100 ⁇ m, either method may be used.
- a catalyst core is supplied to the metal foils and the IVH insides.
- a noble metal ion or palladium colloid is used.
- Activator Neoganth (trade name, manufactured by Atotech Japan K.K.), a palladium ion catalyst, and HS 201B (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), a palladium colloid catalyst can be used.
- conditioning treatment with such as CLC-201 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) is previously carried out.
- thin electroless plating layers 5 , 105 , and 205 are formed on the metal foils and IVH insides to which the catalyst core is supplied.
- electroless plating commercialized electroless copper plating solutions such as CUST 2000 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and CUST 201 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be employed, however the plating is not limited to the examples.
- These electroless copper plating solutions contain mainly copper sulfate, formalin, a complexing agent, and sodium hydroxide. The thickness of the plating is sufficient if the next electroplating can be carried out thereon and it is about 0.1 to 1 ⁇ m.
- plating resist 6 , 106 , and 206 is formed on the electroless plating layers.
- the thickness of the plating resist is preferably as same as or thicker than the thickness of a conductor for planting thereafter.
- the resin to be used for the plating resist are liquid phase resist such as PMER P-LA900PM (trade name; manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.), and dry films such as HW-425 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and RY-3025 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.).
- the plating resist should not be formed on the portions to be via holes and a conductor circuit.
- circuit patterns 7 , 107 , and 207 are formed by electroplating.
- a copper sulfate electroplating to be used commonly for a printed wiring board may be used.
- the thickness of the plating is sufficient if it is used as a circuit conductor and preferably in a range of 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably in a range of 5 to 50 ⁇ m.
- resist is separated and the metal other than the pattern parts is removed.
- a resist separation solution alkaline separation solutions, sulfuric acid, and commercialized resist separation solutions may be employed.
- the metal other than the pattern parts for example copper is removed by etching. In this case etching is generally carried out by high pressure spraying or the like.
- the solution exchange is deteriorated inevitably in the portions where the wiring is made fine. Accordingly, the reaction of the copper and the etching solution is desirably carried out based on the reaction speed but not on the diffusion speed.
- the reaction of copper and the etching solution is carried out based on the reaction speed, even if the diffusion is more increased, the etching speed is not changed. That is, no etching speed difference is caused between the portions where the solution exchange is well promoted and the portions where the solution exchange is poorly promoted.
- an etching solution containing hydrogen peroxide and a halogen element-free acid as main components is preferably used. If hydrogen peroxide is used as an oxidizing agent, strict etching speed control is made possible by controlling the hydrogen peroxide concentration. Additionally, if a halogen element is added to the etching solution, the dissolution reaction tends to be promoted depending on the diffusion speed.
- halogen-free acid nitric acid, sulfuric acid, and organic acids are usable and sulfuric acid is economical and therefore preferable.
- the etching solution contains sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide as main components, their concentrations are preferable to be 5 to 300 g/L and 5 to 200 g/L, respectively, in terms of the etching speed and the stability of the solution.
- a core substrate composed of two layers is completed. Further, in the case of producing a four-layer plate, the inner conductor circuits on the surface of the core substrate are surface-roughened to improve the close adhesion to the interlayer resin insulating layers to be formed on the copper patterns. Practically, a method of forming needle-like electroless plating layers on the core substrate, a method of oxidizing (blackening)-reducing the inner copper patterns, and a method of etching the inner copper patterns are available. However, since these methods require the inner conductor circuits to be surface-roughened, a method which does not include a surface-roughening step as described below is more preferable. That is, as shown in FIG. 2( g ) and FIG.
- the entire conductor circuits are preferable to be covered with polyamide imide as an adhesion promoting agent 108 , 208 . Accordingly, even if copper foils which are not treated are provided with high adhesion property.
- the thickness of the polyamide imide layer is preferably 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m and more preferably 0.1 to 5 ⁇ m. If the thickness of the polyamide imide layer is thinner than 0.1 ⁇ m, the adhesion property is insufficient and if it is thicker than 10 ⁇ m, the respective properties such as elongation, dielectric constant, and dielectric dissipation factor are affected inversely in some cases.
- the conductor circuit surface may be subjected to anti-rust treatment with nickel, tin, zinc or palladium or surface-roughening treatment. Accordingly, not only high adhesion is provided but also the anti-rust treatment degree or the surface-treatment degree can be decreased in some cases. That is, the invention may be combined with a conventionally known method.
- a polyimide amide comprising saturated hydrocarbon repeating unit is preferable. It is also more preferable to contain an alicyclic hydrocarbon group in the repeating unit. Existence of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group provides moisture absorbing property and heat resistance to the polyamide imide and also a high Tg. Use of such a polyamide imide improves the reliability.
- the saturated hydrocarbon component comprising the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be derived from a diamine compound comprising a saturated hydrocarbon having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group as a raw material.
- Such a diamine is defined by the following general formula (1a) or (1b).
- X 1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, a single bond, or a divalent group defined by the following general formula (2a) or (2b);
- Y 1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, or carbonyl;
- R 1 , R 2 , and R 3 may be same or different from one another and independently represent a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl, methoxy group, methyl, or a halo methyl:
- Z 1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, or a single bond.
- diamine compound comprising a saturated hydrocarbon having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group examples include 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]propane, bis[4-(3-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]sulfone, bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]sulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]hexafluoropropan e, bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]methane, 4,4′-bis(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)dicyclohexyl, bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]ether, bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclo
- Such a diamine compound comprising a saturated hydrocarbon having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group is easily produced by hydrogen reducing an aromatic diamine compound.
- aromatic diamine compound examples include 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane (BAPP), bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]methane, 4,4′-bis(4-aminophenoxy)diphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ether, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ketone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 2,2′-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4′-diamine, 2,2′-bis(trifluoromethyl)dip
- Hydrogen reduction of the aromatic diamine compound is carried out by a general reduction method of an aromatic ring.
- examples of the method are methods using catalyst systems such as Raney Nikkel and platinum oxide in the presence of hydrogen (D. Varech et al, Tetrahedron Letter 26, 61 (1985); R. H. Baker et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 69, 1250 (1947)); rhodium-aluminum oxide (J. C. Sircar et al, J. Org. Chem., 30, 3206 (1965); A. I. Meyers et al, Organic Synthesis Collective Volume VI, 371 (1988); A. W. Burgstahler, Organic Synthesis Collective Volume V, 591 (1973); A. J.
- a compound defined by the following general formula (4) may be used in the polyamide imide and its production method of the invention.
- X 3 represents methylene group, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, or a single bond
- R 12 and R 13 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl, phenyl, or a substituted phenyl
- p represents an integer of 1 to 50.
- R 12 and R 13 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl with 1 to 3 carbon atoms, phenyl, and a substituted phenyl.
- substituent group to be bonded to the phenyl an alkyl with 1 to 3 carbon atoms and halogen atoms can be exemplified.
- X 3 in the formula (4) is preferably an ether group in terms of the low modulus of elasticity and high Tg.
- Examples of such an aliphatic diamine are Jeffamine D-400 and Jeffamine D-200 manufactured by Huntsman LLC, however it is not limited to these examples.
- the polyamide imide having the above-mentioned aliphatic structure is provided with extremely high water absorbing ability and water-shedding property as compared with a conventional polyamide imide. Accordingly, in the case the polyamide imide comprising the saturated hydrocarbon containing the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is used for a thermosetting resin composition, which will be described later, as the layer formation material of a laminate, the decrease of the adhesion strength at the time of absorbing moisture is suppressed as compared with that in the case of using a polyamide imide composition containing aromatic composition before the hydrogen reduction.
- an aromatic diamine may further be added.
- aromatic diamine compound examples are those defined by the following general formula (5a) or the following general formula (5b).
- X 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, a single bond, or a divalent group defined by the following general formula (6a) or (6b); R 14 , R 15 , and R 16 may be same or different from one another and independently represent a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl, methoxy group, methyl, or a halo methyl: and in the above-mentioned general formula (5b), Y 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, or carbonyl;
- Z 2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, or a single bond.
- aromatic diamine compounds comprising aromatic ring system to which two amino groups are directly bonded and diamines to which two or more aromatic rings are directly or through one functional group bonded can be exemplified without any particular limit.
- Practical examples of the diamine are 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane (BAPP), bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]methane, 4,4′-bis(4-aminophenoxy)diphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ether, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ketone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophen
- Use of the above-mentioned aromatic diamine compounds further increases Tg and improves the heat resistance.
- a siloxane diamine defined by the general formula (3) may be further contained.
- R 4 to R 9 independently represent preferably an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, phenyl, or a substituted phenyl.
- R 10 to R 11 independently represent preferably an alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an arylene group.
- arylene group phenylene, substituted phenylene, naphthalene, or substituted naphthalene is preferable.
- substituent group of the substituted arylene an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a halogen atom is preferable.
- R 4 to R 11 which respectively exist in plural number may be same or different from one another.
- dimethylsiloxane-terminated diamines are particularly preferable. These siloxanediamines may be used alone or in combinations.
- Examples of the siloxanediamine defined by the above-mentioned general formula (3) are Silicone Oil X-22-161AS (amine equivalent 450), X-22-161A (amine equivalent 840), X-22-161B (amine equivalent 1,500), X-22-9409 (amine equivalent 700), X-22-1660B-3 (amine equivalent 2,200) (all exemplified above are manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BY16-853 (amine equivalent 650), BY16-853BA (amine equivalent 200), (all exemplified above are manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.) and they are industrially made available, however the siloxanediamine is not limited to these examples.
- the polyamide imide In a production method of the polyamide imide, addition of the above-mentioned siloxanediamine makes the polyamide imide to be obtained have the siloxane structure in the main chain. Therefore, the flexibility of the polyamide imide to be obtained can be improved and occurrence of blister or the like under high temperature condition can remarkably be suppressed.
- the amino groups of the above-mentioned diamine compounds are reacted with carboxyl groups of trimellitic anhydride or carboxyl anhydride.
- reaction with carboxyl anhydride is preferable.
- Such a reaction is carried out at 70 to 100° C. in a non-proton type polar solvent.
- non-proton type polar solvent examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), ⁇ -butyrolactone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, and cyclohexanone, however non-proton type polar solvent is not limited to these examples.
- NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
- ⁇ -butyrolactone dimethylformamide
- dimethylacetamide dimethylacetamide
- dimethyl sulfoxide dimethyl sulfoxide
- sulfolane examples of the non-proton type polar solvent
- cyclohexanone examples of the non-proton type polar solvent.
- Such a non-proton type polar solvent is added in an amount so as to control the solid content preferably 10 to 70% by weight, more preferably 20 to 60% by weight, in the entire weight of the solution. If the solid content concentration in the solution is less than 10% by weight, since the use amount of the solvent is so much, it tends to be industrially disadvantageous. If it exceeds 70% by weight, the solubility of trimellitic anhydride is decreased and therefore it becomes difficult to carry out reaction sufficiently in some cases.
- an aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water is added and reaction is further promoted at 150 to 200° C. for dehydration ring-closing reaction. Accordingly, an imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid can be obtained.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water are toluene, benzene, xylene and ethylbenzene, however the aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water is not limited to these examples. Among them, toluene is preferably used.
- Such an aromatic hydrocarbon is preferably added in an amount of 10 to 50% by weight to the weight of the non-proton polar solvent.
- the addition amount of the aromatic hydrocarbon is less than 10% by weight to the weight of the non-proton polar solvent, the water removal effect tends to be insufficient and the production amount of the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid also tends to be decreased. If it exceeds 50% by weight, the reaction temperature is decreased and the production amount of the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid also tends to be decreased.
- the aromatic hydrocarbon is sometimes distilled simultaneously with water, so that the aromatic hydrocarbon amount sometimes becomes less than the above-mentioned preferable range. Therefore, it is preferable to keep the aromatic hydrocarbon amount constant by separating the aromatic hydrocarbon distilled to the plug-equipped water quantitative receiver from water and then turning the aromatic hydrocarbon back. On completion of the dehydration ring-closing reaction, it is preferable to keep the temperature at 150 to 200° C. to remove the aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water.
- the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid to be obtained by the above-mentioned reaction is preferably the compound defined by the following general formula (7a).
- G represents a residual group derived from the diamine defined by the general formulas (1a), (1b), (3), (4), (5a) or (5b) from which the amino group is removed.
- R 1 to R 16 and p, m, and n are same as defined above.
- the polyamide imide used in the invention can be produced by inducing the above-mentioned imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid to acid halide and polymerizing the acid halide with the above-mentioned diamine compound.
- the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid is easily led to the acid halide by thionyl chloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus pentachloride, or dichloromethyl methyl ether.
- the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid halide is easily polymerized with the above-mentioned diamine compound.
- the polyamide imide used in the invention is produced by polymerizing the above-mentioned imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid with the above-mentioned diamine compound in the presence of a condensation agent.
- condensation agent common condensation agents for forming amido bond can be used.
- condensation particularly dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or N-ethyl-N′-3-dimethylaminopropylcarbodiimide is preferably used alone or in combination with N-hydroxysuccinimide or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.
- the polyamide imide used in the invention is produced also by converting the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid into the acid halide and causing reaction of the acid halide with diisocyanate.
- diamine compound:trimellitic anhydride:diisocyanate is preferably in a range of 1: (2 to 2.2):(1 to 1.5) by mole and more preferably in a range of 1:(2 to 2.2):(1 to 1.3) by mole.
- a polyamide imide having a high molecular weight and advantageous in the film formability can be obtained by controlling the mole ratio in the above-mentioned range.
- diisocyanate to be employed for the polyamide imide production method of the invention a compound defined by the general formula (8) can be used.
- D represents a divalent organic group having at least one aromatic ring or a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Practically, at least one group selected from —C 6 H 4 —CH 2 —C 6 H 4 , tolylene, naphthylene, hexamethylene, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene, and isophorone group is preferable.
- diisocyanate defined by the above-mentioned general formula (8) an aliphatic diisocyanate or an aromatic diisocyanate may be used. Between them, the aromatic diisocyanate is preferably used and combination use of both is more preferable.
- aromatic diisocyanate examples include 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, naphthalene-1,5-diisocyanate, and 2,4-tolylene dimer, however the aromatic diisocyanate is not limited to these examples.
- MDI is preferably used. Use of MDI improves the flexibility of the polyamide imide to be obtained and decreases the crystallinity and accordingly improves the film formability of the polyamide imide.
- aliphatic diisocyanate examples include hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, and isophorone diisocyanate, however the aliphatic diisocyanate is not limited to these examples.
- the aliphatic diisocyanate is preferably added in an amount of 5 to 10% by mole to the aromatic diisocyanate. Such combination use further improves the heat resistance of the polyimide amide to be obtained.
- the reaction of the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid and diisocyanate is carried out by adding the diisocyanate to a solution containing the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid obtained by the above-mentioned reaction and keeping the reaction temperature at 130 to 200° C.
- the reaction of the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid and the diisocyanate is carried out preferably at 70 to 180° C. and more preferably at 120 to 150° C.
- the reaction in the presence of such a basic catalyst, the reaction can be carried out at a lower temperature than that of the reaction to be carried out in the absence of the basic catalyst. Therefore, the side reaction such as reaction of the diisocyanate molecules themselves can be suppressed and a polyamide imide with a further higher molecular weight can be obtained.
- Examples of such a basic catalyst are trialkylamines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tri(2-ethylhexyl)amine, and trioctylamine.
- triethylamine has a preferable basicity for reaction promotion and is easy to be removed after the reaction and therefore is preferable.
- the polyamide imide to be obtained by the above-mentioned reaction comprises a repeating unit defined by the following general formula (9).
- G represents a residual group derived from the diamine defined by the general formulas (1a), (1b), (3), (4), (5a) or (5b) from which the amino group is removed.
- R 1 to R 16 and p, m, and n are same as defined above.
- the polyamide imide obtained in such a manner as described above has a weight average molecular weight preferably 20,000 to 300,000, more preferably 30,000 to 200,000, and even more preferably 40,000 to 150,000.
- the weight average molecular weight is obtained by carrying out measurement by gel permeation chromatography and conversion based on the calibration curve produced by using standardized polystyrenes.
- thermosetting adhesive can be obtained by adding a functional group-containing amido-reactive compound to be reacted with the amido of the polyamide imide to the polyamide imide obtained in the above-mentioned manner.
- the amido-reactive compound is a compound having a functional group to be reacted with the amido group of the polyamide imide by heating.
- a polyfunctional epoxy compound and an oxetane compound can be exemplified, and the polyfunctional epoxy compound is preferably used.
- polyfunctional epoxy compound examples include bisphenol A type epoxy resin, tetrabromobisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and biphenyl type epoxy resin, however the epoxy compound is not limited to these examples. One or more types of these exemplified compounds can be used.
- the addition amount of the amido-reactive compound is preferably 10 to 40 part by weight, more preferably 15 to 25 part by weight to polyamide imide 100 part by weight. If the addition amount of the amido-reactive compound is less than 10 part by weight, the thermosetting property of the adhesive to be obtained tends to be deteriorated. If it exceeds 40 part by weight, the cross-linked structure of the adhesive layer after curing the adhesive becomes dense and the brittle property of the resin tends to be decreased.
- the above-mentioned adhesive is preferable to further contain a curing promoting agent.
- the curing promoting agent is a component to promote curing of the mixture of the polyamide imide and the amido-reactive compound and is preferably a compound promoting the curing of particularly the amido-reactive compound.
- Example of the curing promoting agent are amines and imidazoles, however the agent is not limited to them. One or more of these compounds can be used.
- Examples of the amines are dicyandiamide, diaminodiphenylethane, and guanylurea, however the amines are not limited to these exemplified compounds.
- Examples of the imidazoles are alkyl-substituted imidazoles such as 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole and benzoimidazole, however the imidazoles are not limited to these exemplified compounds.
- the addition amount of the such a curing promoting agent may be determined depending on the type of the amido-reactive compound.
- amines are preferably added in an amount proper to adjust the epoxy equivalent of the polyfunctional epoxy compound and the equivalent of the active hydrogen of the amino groups of the amines to be approximately same.
- the imidazoles are preferably added in an amount of 0.1 to 2.0 part by weight to the polyfunctional epoxy compound 100 part by weight.
- the addition amount of the curing promoting agent is insufficient, the uncured amido-reactive compound remains in the adhesive layer and the heat resistance of the adhesive layer tend to be decreased. If it is excessive, the curing promoting agent remains in the adhesive layer and the insulating property of the adhesive layer tends to be deteriorated after curing.
- the adhesive may contain a rubber type elastomer, a phosphorus type compound as a flame retardant, an inorganic filler, a coupling agent, a pigment, a leveling agent, a defoaming agent, and an ion trapping agent.
- Examples of the organic solvent to dissolve the adhesive in are ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and cyclohexanone; acetic acid esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and carbitol acetate; cellosolves such as cellosolve and butyl cellosolve; carbitols such as carbitol and butylcarbitol; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, and N-methylpyrrolidone, however the solvent is not limited to these exemplified solvents. One or more kinds of these solvents may be used. It is required to select the system to sufficient dissolve the solid content.
- the adhesive may be diluted in the above-mentioned organic solvents so as to adjust the solid content in a concentration of about 10%.
- a core substrate may be immersed in the obtained diluted solution and dried to form an adhesive layer ( FIG. 2( g ) and FIG. 3( g )).
- a one-side metal foil-bearing resin is laminated on the core substrate.
- the resin thickness (the insulating layers 9 , 109 , and 209 ) of the one-side metal foil-bearing resin is about 10 to 100 ⁇ m, preferably 20 to 60 ⁇ m.
- the same resin compositions as those for the above-mentioned insulating layers 1 , 101 , and 201 can be used.
- the thickness of the metal foils 10 , 110 , and 210 is preferably 0.3 to 3 ⁇ m and the metal foils similar to those of the metal foils 2 , 102 , and 202 of the laminate plates can be used.
- the resin and the solvents in form of resin varnish may be applied to the metal foils by using a kiss coater, a roll coater, or a comma coater. Or, a film-like resin may be laminated on the metal foils.
- the resin varnish is applied to the metal foils, the resulting laminates are heated and dried thereafter.
- the conditions are preferably at 100 to 200° C. and 1 to 30 minutes.
- the amount of the remaining solvent in the resin composition after the heating and drying is preferably 0.2 to 10%.
- the conditions are preferably at 50 to 150° C. and 0.1 to 5 MPa vacuum or atmospheric pressure.
- the adhesive layers 111 may be formed by applying the adhesive to the copper foils before the insulating layer application.
- Usable adhesives, the thickness or the like are same as those in the case of the above-mentioned adhesive layer 103 ( FIG. 2( h )).
- IVH 12 , 112 , and 212 are formed in the inter resin insulating layers from the metal foils as shown in FIG. 1( i ), FIG. 2( i ), and FIG. 3( i ).
- laser is preferable to be used.
- gas laser of CO 2 , CO, and excimer laser, and solid laser such as YAG laser are available.
- laser beam source known laser such as CO 2 laser, UV-YAG laser, and excimer laser can be employed and CO 2 laser has a high processing speed and is therefore preferable and UV-YAG laser is suitable for forming via holes with small diameters and is therefore preferable.
- CO 2 laser is suitable for processing IVH with ⁇ 50 ⁇ m or larger.
- YAG laser with shorter wavelength and excellent in the beam concentration.
- a method using a conformal mask and direct laser processing method are available.
- the method using a conformal mask is a method involving forming openings at sites of metal foils where via holes are to be formed by etching and removing the interlayer insulating resin layer by radiating laser beam with a larger diameter than that of the opening by using the metal foils as a mask.
- the direct laser processing method is a method for forming holes by radiating laser beam converged to have a via hole diameter directly to the metal foils.
- the peel strength between the metal foils and the interlayer insulating layers is lower than 0.5 kN/m, the metal foils in the periphery of the via hole are easily peeled and condition setting of the laser becomes difficult. If the peel strength is 0.5 kN/m or higher, the metal peeling hardly occurs, and the peel strength is preferably 0.8 kN/m or higher. Since smear is caused in such via holes, it is preferable to remove the smear by using permanganic acid salt, chromic acid salt, or permanganic acid.
- the peel strength means the force required to peel the metal foils at 50 mm/min in the vertical direction and expressed on the basis of load per unit width (kN/m).
- the resin residue in the inside of the IVH is removed by using permanganic acid salt, chromic acid salt, or permanganic acid.
- a catalyst core is supplied to the metal foils and the IVH insides.
- a noble metal ion or palladium colloid is used.
- thin electroless plating layers 13 , 113 , and 213 are formed on the metal foils and IVH insides to which the catalyst core is supplied.
- electroless plating commercialized electroless copper plating solutions such as CUST 2000 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and CUST 201 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be employed, however the plating is not limited to the examples.
- These electroless copper plating solutions contain mainly copper sulfate, formalin, a complexing agent, and sodium hydroxide. The thickness of the plating is sufficient if the next electroplating can be carried out thereon and it is about 0.1 to 1 ⁇ m.
- plating resist 14 , 114 , and 214 is formed on the electroless plating layers.
- the thickness of the plating resist is preferably as same as or thicker than the thickness of a conductor for planting thereafter.
- the resin to be used for the plating resist are liquid phase resist such as PMER P-LA900PM (trade name; manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and dry films such as HW-425 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and RY-3025 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.).
- the plating resist should not be formed on the portions to be via holes and a conductor circuit.
- circuit patterns 15 , 115 , and 215 are formed by electroplating.
- a copper sulfate electroplating to be used commonly for a printed wiring board may be used.
- the thickness of the plating is sufficient if it is used as a circuit conductor and preferably in a range of 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably in a range of 5 to 50 ⁇ m.
- the resist is separated by an alkaline separation solution, sulfuric acid, or a commercialized resist separation solution.
- gold plating 16 , 116 , and 216 may be carried out on the circuit.
- steps may be carried out as follows: the conductor interface is activated by an activation solution such as SA-100 (trade name; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.); an electroless nickel plating in a thickness of 1 to 10 ⁇ m is carried out by using NIPS-100 (trade name; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.); a displacement gold plating in a thickness of 0.01 to 0.1 ⁇ m is carried out by using HGS-100 (trade name; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.); and then an electroless gold plating in a thickness of about 0.1 to 1 ⁇ m is carried out.
- SA-100 trade name; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.
- NIPS-100 trade name; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.
- HGS-100 trade name; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.
- an electroless gold plating in a thickness of about 0.1 to 1 ⁇ m is carried out.
- the connection reliability is further improved.
- the electroless palladium plating may be carried out to be about 0.01 to 1 ⁇ m thick by using Pallet (trade name; KOJIMA Chemical Co., Ltd.). In consideration of the electric properties, the electroless nickel plating may be eliminated. These combinations may differ depending on the uses of the product and determined based on the cost, electric properties, and connection reliability. The invention is effective in cases of employing any of the above-mentioned techniques.
- the disclosure of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-140659 is expressly incorporated herein by reference its entirety.
- the peel strength of the conductor circuit with a width of 1 mm from the insulating resin layer is preferably 0.6 kN/m or higher and the peel strength of the conductor circuit with a width of 1 mm from the insulating resin layer is further preferably 0.4 kN/m or higher after heating at 150° C. for 240 hours.
- Chromium plating was continuously carried out on the bright face of an electrolytic copper foil (a carrier copper foil) with a width of 510 mm and a thickness of 35 ⁇ m in the following conditions to form a chromium plating layer (a separation layer) with a thickness of 1.0 mg/dm 2 .
- the surface roughness (ten-point mean surface roughness) Rz after the chromium plating formation was 0.5 ⁇ m.
- the surface roughness was measured according to JIS-B-0601.
- Solution composition chromium trioxide 250 g/L and sulfuric acid 2.5 g/L,
- Electric current density 20 A/dm 2 .
- Solution composition copper sulfate pentahydrate 100 g/L, sulfuric acid 150 g/L, and chloride ion 30 ppm,
- Electric current density 10 A/dm 2 .
- Solution composition zinc 20 g/L and sulfuric acid 70 g/L,
- Electric current density 15 A/dm 2 .
- Electrolytic time 10 seconds.
- the metal foil was dried at 120° C. to adsorb the coupling agent to the metal foil surface to obtain a metal foil A.
- the metal foil surface roughness Rz was 0.6 ⁇ m at that time.
- the following resin composition B was produced.
- the resin composition B was used for an insulating layer later.
- a phosphorus-containing phenol compound trade name: HCA-HQ, Sanko Co., Ltd.
- a glass cloth with a thickness of 0.2 mm was immersed in the resin composition B and dried at 120° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a prepreg.
- Four sheets of the prepreg were laminated and the metal foils A were laminated on the top and bottom of the obtained laminate and the resulting laminate was press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and the carrier foils on the copper foils were peeled to obtain a copper-clad laminated board comprising the insulating layer (the prepreg layer) 1 and the metal foils 2 as shown in FIG. 1( a ).
- a penetrating through hole 4 with a diameter 80 ⁇ m was formed by a carbon dioxide gas impact laser hole forming apparatus L-500 (trade name, manufactured by Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd.) through the metal foil the insulating layer, and smear was removed by immersing the board in an aqueous solution mixture of potassium permanganate 65 g/L and sodium hydroxide 40 g/L at a solution temperature of 70° C. for 20 minutes.
- HS-201B (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which is a palladium catalyst, was supplied and then using CUST-201 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), electroless copper plating was carried out at a solution temperature of 25° C. for 30 minutes to form 0.5 ⁇ m-thick electroless copper plating layers 5 as shown in FIG. 1( c ).
- the palladium catalyst supply conditions are shown in Table 1.
- RY-3325 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which is a dry film photoresist, was laminated on the surface of the electroless plating layers 5 and through a photomask masking the parts on which electric copper plating was to be carried out, UV exposure was carried out and the exposed parts were developed to form plating resist 6 .
- electroless gold plating 20 (not illustrated) was carried out in the outermost layer to complete the substrate.
- the electroless gold plating conditions are shown in Table 2.
- Z-200 (trade name: manufactured by World Metal Co., Ltd.) SA-100 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) NIPS-100 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) Top Chemi Alloy 66 (trade names; manufactured by Okuno Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) Pallet (trade name; KOJIMA Chemicals Co., Ltd.) HGS-100 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) HGS-2000 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.)
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1, except that Microsyn (trade name: Mitsui Mining and Smelting Co., Ltd.) with 3.0 ⁇ m was used n place of the metal foil A.
- the minimum circuit conductor width/circuit conductor interval (L/S) was confirmed by processing the images taken by an optical microscope.
- OLYMPUS MX50 (trade name: manufactured by Olympus Corporation) was used as the optical microscope.
- Example 1A With respect to the substrate produced in Example 1A, the copper foil hardly remained on the resin layer at the time of etching and therefore, circuit formability was good and wiring was finished with aimed finishing value and further, no gold deposition on the resin was caused. On the other hand, with respect to the substrate produced in Example 1A, it was required to etch the residue of the copper foil on the resin layer at the time of etching, and therefore, wiring top width (L) was made thin. It was found that as the wiring became thinner, the gold plating deposition amount was increased more. It is supposedly attributed to that the wiring becomes thinner, the solution flow or circulation is deteriorated and etching residues are caused.
- FIG. 2 Another embodiment of the invention will be described along with FIG. 2 .
- a separable flask 500 mL capacity equipped with a Deen/Stark refluxing cooling apparatus, a thermometer, and a stirrer was loaded with (4,4′-diamino)dicyclohexylmethane as an alicyclic diamine compound (trade name: Wondamine HM (abbreviated as WHM), manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.) 45 mmol, a reactive silicone oil X-22-161-B as siloxanediamine (trade name: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., amine equivalent 1,500) 5 mmol, trimellitic anhydride (TMA) 105 mmol, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone as a non-proton polar solvent 145 g and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
- WHM Wondamine HM
- a reactive silicone oil X-22-161-B as siloxanediamine
- TMA trimellitic anhydride
- thermosetting resin varnish solid content 10%
- a metal foil B was produced as follows by using the resin composition A.
- the resin composition A was applied to the silane coupling agent-treated face of the metal foil A obtained in Example 1A. After the application, the composition A was dried at 160° C. for about 1 minute to decrease the remaining solvent to 1% or less and obtain the metal foil B. The thickness of the applied resin composition A was 2.0 ⁇ m.
- a glass cloth with a thickness of 0.2 mm (basic weight, Hyoryo: 210 g/m 2 ) was immersed in the resin composition B obtained in Example 1A and dried at 12° C. for 5 minutes to obtain prepreg.
- Four sheets of the prepreg were laminated and the metal foils B were laminated on the top and bottom of the obtained laminate in such a manner that the faces coated with the resin composition A were in the prepreg sides and the resulting laminate was press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and the carrier foils on the copper foils were peeled to obtain a copper-clad laminated board comprising the insulating layer 101 , the adhesive layers 103 , and the metal foils 102 as shown in FIG. 2( a ).
- an inner layer substrate (a core substrate) was produced similarly to Example 1A ( FIG. 2( f )).
- the entire body of the substrate was immersed in the solution of the resin composition A, pulled out, and dried at 160° C. for 10 minutes to coat the entire body of the substrate with the resin composition A as shown in FIG. 2( b ) to form adhesive layers 108 .
- the coating thickness was about 2 ⁇ m after drying.
- the resin composition B was applied to the metal foils B and dried at 160° C. for 5 minutes.
- the coating thickness was about 2 ⁇ m after drying.
- the resin composition B side of the copper foils B after the resin coating and the adhesive layers 108 were press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and then the carrier foils on the copper foils were peeled to produce the substrate shown in FIG. 2( h ). Accordingly, the insulating layers 109 , the adhesive layers 111 , and the metal foils 110 were formed.
- an IVH 112 with a diameter 50 ⁇ m was formed by a carbon dioxide gas impact laser hole forming apparatus L-500 (trade name, manufactured by Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd.) from the metal foil and smear was removed by immersing the board in an aqueous solution mixture of potassium permanganate 65 g/L and sodium hydroxide 40 g/L at a solution temperature of 70° C. for 20 minutes.
- HS-201B (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which is a palladium catalyst, was supplied and then using CUST-201 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), electroless copper plating was carried out at a solution temperature of 25° C. for 30 minutes to form 0.5 ⁇ m-thick electroless copper plating layers 113 as shown in FIG. 1( c ).
- the palladium catalyst supply conditions were as shown in Table 1.
- RY-3325 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which is a dry film photoresist, was laminated on the surface of the electroless plating layers 5 and through a photomask masking the parts on which electric copper plating was to be carried out, UV exposure was carried out and the exposed parts were developed to form plating resist 114 .
- HTO trade name; manufactured by Nichigo-Morton Co., Ltd.
- etching solution with a composition of H 2 SO 4 100 g/L and H 2 O 2 10 g/L to produce an inner layer substrate.
- the minimum circuit conductor width/circuit conductor interval (L/S) after the etching was 20/20 ⁇ m.
- electroless gold plating 116 was carried out in the outermost layer.
- the electroless gold plating conditions were as shown in Table 2.
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that GEA-679-FG, which is prepreg with 60 ⁇ m thickness and metal foils B were laminated on the inner substrate in place of application and heating of the resin composition B after the coating in the step G.
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that GEA-679-F, which is prepreg with 60 ⁇ m thickness and metal foils B were laminated on the inner substrate in place of application and heating of the resin composition B after the coating in the step G.
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that the resin composition A was applied in a proper amount so as to adjust the thickness to be 5 ⁇ m at the time of forming the adhesive layers by applying the resin composition A to the silane coupling agent-treated faces of the metal foils A, that is at the time of producing the metal foil B.
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that the resin composition A was applied in a proper amount so as to adjust the thickness to be 6 ⁇ m at the time of forming the adhesive layers by applying the resin composition A to the silane coupling agent-treated faces of the metal foils A, that is at the time of producing the metal foil B.
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that the resin composition A was not applied in the step G.
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that GEA-679-FG, which is prepreg with 60 ⁇ m thickness and metal foils A were laminated on the inner layer substrate coated with the resin composition A in place of press-formation of the metal foils B coated with the resin composition B after the coating in the step G.
- Test specimens for measuring the physical properties, dielectric constant, and dielectric dissipation factor of the insulating layer in the outermost layer were produced.
- Samples for evaluating the properties of the insulating layer in the outermost layer were produced.
- a sample was produced in the same manner as the sample for property evaluation for Example 2B, except that GEA-679-F was used in place of GEA-679-FG.
- a sample was produced in the same manner as the sample for property evaluation for Example 1B, except that coating was carried out in a thickness of 5 ⁇ m using the resin composition A at the time of producing the metal foil B.
- a sample was produced in the same manner as the sample for property evaluation for Example 1B, except that coating was carried out in a thickness of 6 ⁇ m using the resin composition A at the time of producing the metal foil B.
- a sample was produced in the same manner as the sample for property evaluation for Example 2B, except that the metal foil A was used in place of the metal foil B.
- the thermal expansion coefficient of the samples for evaluation of properties was measured by a TMA (thermomechanical analyzer) test for the samples for evaluation of properties respectively cut into strips (20 mm ⁇ 5 mm). The measurement was carried out at 20° C. in biaxial direction (X-direction and Y direction). The measurement was carried out twice for each sample and the value at the second time was employed as data.
- the TMA (thermomechanical analyzer) test is shown in Table 4.
- TMA Thermomechanical Analyzer Test Condition Item Condition Apparatus TMA 2940, manufactured by Du Pont Ltd. Measurement Temperature 0° C. ⁇ 150° C., 10° C./min. Mode, Load Tensile 5 g
- the tensile strength of the samples for evaluation of properties was measured by a tensile strength test for the samples for evaluation of properties respectively cut into a strip-like shape. The measurement was carried out at 20° C. in biaxial direction (X-direction and Y direction) and the average was calculated.
- the tensile strength test conditions are shown in Table 5.
- the dielectric constant and dielectric dissipation factor of each sample for evaluation of properties were measured. The measurement was carried out at 20° C. The measurement conditions are shown in Table 6.
- the outer layer conductor circuit peel strength of the substrates produced in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B was measured.
- the vertical peel strength was measured as the peel strength.
- the peel strength was measured as initial values and values after heating at 150° C. for 240 hours. The measurement was carried out constantly at 20° C. The measurement conditions are shown in Table 7.
- connection reliability evaluation of the substrates produced in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B was carried out.
- the patterns shown in FIG. 5 were used for the evaluation.
- Table 5 a conductor circuit 301 , an IVH 302 , and an insulating layer 303 are shown.
- the designs of the patterns shown in FIG. 5 are shown in Table 8.
- the connection reliability was evaluated by repeating cooling and heating cycle of ⁇ 60° C. for 30 min and at 125° C. for 30 min 1,000 times and if the resistance value alteration was in +10% of the initial value, the connection reliability was determined to be qualified.
- the substrates obtained in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B were subjected to the moisture absorption heat resistant test.
- the test was carried out by treating the respective substrates in conditions of 121° C., 100% humidity, 2 atmospheric pressure, and 96 hours and confirming whether blister occurred or not.
- a saturated type PCT apparatus PC-242 manufactured by Hirayama Manufacturing Corp. was employed.
- the evaluation results of the substrates obtained in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B are shown in Table 9.
- the substrates obtained in Examples 1B to 5B were found having high copper foil peel strength and good reliability in the moisture absorption heat resistant test.
- the substrate of Comparative Examples 1B was found causing troubles such as blister between the inner circuit and the insulating layer in the reliability test since no adhesive layer coating was carried out on the inner circuit in the substrate.
- the substrate of Comparative Examples 2B was found having high peel strength of the copper foil and insufficient reliability.
- the substrate of Example 1B had a low dielectric constant and dielectric dissipation factor of the insulating layer and was therefore expected to have good electric properties.
- the substrates of Example 2B and 3B had a low dielectric constant and a high tensile strength and were therefore expected to have good disposition reliability.
- the metal foil B was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that the thickness after drying was changed to be 1.0 ⁇ m from 2.0 ⁇ m. After that, a core substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B ( FIG. 2( f )).
- the surface roughness Rz of the insulating layer of the core substrate was 0.5 ⁇ m and the surface roughness Rz of the conductor circuit was 1.2 ⁇ m.
- the surface roughness was measured according to JIS-B-0601.
- the entire body of the substrate was immersed in the solution of the resin composition A, pulled out, and dried at 160° C. for 10 minutes to decrease the remaining solvent to 1% or lower and coat the entire body of the substrate with the resin composition A as shown in FIG. 2( g ).
- the coating thickness was about 2 ⁇ m after drying.
- GEA-679-FG which is 60 ⁇ m-thick prepreg, (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and metal foils B composed of an adhesive layer 111 and the metal layer 110 were laminated on the core substrate after the coating and the resulting laminate was press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and then the carrier foils on the copper foils were peeled to obtain a substrate as shown in FIG. 2( h ).
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1C, except that the resin composition A was produced in the following production method.
- a separable flask 500 mL capacity equipped with a Deen/Stark refluxing cooling apparatus, a thermometer, and a stirrer was loaded with (4,4′-diamino)dicyclohexylmethane as an alicyclic diamine compound (trade name: Wondamine HM (abbreviated as WHM), manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.) 140 mmol, Jeffamine D-2000 (trade name: manufactured by Sun Techno Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an aliphatic diamine 35 mmol, trimellitic anhydride (TMA) 368 mmol, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) as a non-proton polar solvent 413 g and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
- WHM Wondamine HM
- NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
- thermosetting resin varnish solid content 10%
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1C, except that the resin composition A was produced in the following production method.
- a separable flask 500 mL capacity equipped with a Deen/Stark refluxing cooling apparatus, a thermometer, and a stirrer was loaded with Jeffamine D-2000 (trade name: manufactured by Sun Techno Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an aliphatic diamine 30 mmol, reactive Silicone Oil X-22-161-B (trade name: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., amine equivalent 1,500) as siloxanediamine 10 mmol, (4,4′-diamino)diphenylmethane (abbreviated as DDM) as an aromatic diamine 60 mmol, trimellitic anhydride (TMA) 210 mmol, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) as a non-proton polar solvent 407 g and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
- DDM (4,4′-diamino)diphenylmethane
- TMA trimellitic anhydride
- NMP
- thermosetting resin varnish solid content 10%
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1C, except that the resin composition A was produced in the following production method.
- a separable flask 500 mL capacity equipped with a Deen/Stark refluxing cooling apparatus, a thermometer, and a stirrer was loaded with Jeffamine D-2000 (trade name: manufactured by Sun Techno Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an aliphatic diamine 30 mmol, (4,4′-diamino)diphenylmethane (abbreviated as DDM) as an aromatic diamine 120 mmol, trimellitic anhydride (TMA) 315 mmol, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) as a non-proton polar solvent 442 g and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
- DDM (4,4′-diamino)diphenylmethane
- TMA trimellitic anhydride
- NMP N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone
- thermosetting resin varnish solid content 10%
- a substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1C, except that the step of immersing the entire body of the core substrate was not immersed in the resin composition A.
- the adhesion force of a conductive circuit on a core substrate and an insulating layer layered on the conductor circuit were measured by a model experiment. The method will be described as follows.
- MEC etch BOND CZ-8100 (trade name: manufactured by Mech Co., Ltd.) was sprayed at the solution temperature 35° C. and spraying pressure 0.15 MPa to both sides of MCL-E-679, which is a copper-clad laminated board, with a thickness of 0.6 ⁇ m to carry out surface-roughening of copper surface and form about 3 ⁇ m roughness and next, the resulting board was immersed in MEC etch BOND CZ-8300 (trade name: manufactured by Mech Co., Ltd.) at the solution temperature 25° C. for 20 seconds to carry out anti-rust treatment for the copper surface.
- the thickness of the applied resin composition was 2.0 ⁇ m.
- a sample was produced in the same manner as the evaluation sample 1C for adhesion strength evaluation, except that no resin composition A was applied.
- the peel strengths of the conductors of the evaluation samples of Examples 1C to 4C and the comparative Example 1C were measured.
- the measurement method and the conditions were as those of Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B.
- the moisture absorption heat resistant test of the evaluation samples of Examples 1C to 4C and the comparative Example 1C was carried out.
- the measurement method and the conditions were as those of Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B, and blister occurrence the substrates was confirmed.
- the test of the evaluation samples was carried out by measuring the peel strength of the samples after 96 hour treatment.
- connection reliability of the substrates of Examples 1C to 4C and the comparative Example 1C was evaluated.
- the connection reliability evaluation method was same as that in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B
- the test results are shown in Table 10.
- the substrates and the evaluation samples produced in Examples 1C to 4C were found having conductor peel strength as high as 0.7 kN/m or higher in all cases; in an initial stage, after treatment at 150° C. for 240 hours, and after the moisture absorption heat resistance test. Further, no blister occurred after the moisture absorption heat resistance test, showing good connection reliability.
- the substrate and the evaluation sample produced in Comparative Example 1C were found having weak conductor peel strength and causing blister between the inner conductor and the insulating layer after the moisture absorption heat resistance test. Also, no good connection reliability was obtained.
- an inner conductor circuit treatment method giving good electric properties, suppressing risk of wiring unevenness and defects, and improving good reliability is provided.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Metallurgy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Electrochemistry (AREA)
- Manufacturing Of Printed Wiring (AREA)
- Production Of Multi-Layered Print Wiring Board (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
A printed wiring board having a conductor circuit comprising a copper layer adjacent to an insulating layer and an electroless gold plating, wherein the insulating layer has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 μm or less is provided. According to the present invention, there is no such a defect that gold plating is deposited on a resin, and fine wiring formation with accuracy is realized.
Description
- This application is a Divisional application of application Ser. No. 10/986,913, filed Nov. 15, 2004, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The invention relates to a printed wiring board and its production method. Further, the invention relates to a formation method of a resin layer on a metal layer, an inner conductor circuit treatment method, and a multilayer circuit board.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- Recently, electronic devices have been required to be compact, lightweight and high speed, and high densification of printed wiring boards has been advanced. Along with that, production of a printed wiring board by a semi-additive method using electroplating has been drawing an attention. As a semi-additive method, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 10-4254 discloses a method involving forming holds to be IVH in the resin surface in which a circuit is to be formed by laser; surface-roughening the resin surface with several μm by chemical roughening or plasma treatment; supplying a Pd catalyst; carrying out electroless plating in about 1 μm-thickness, forming a resist layer for pattern electroplating, carrying out wiring formation by pattern electroplating, and then removing the resist and a power supply layer existing in the portion other than the circuit and in such a manner the method makes more finer wiring formation possible as compared with a subtractive method with a high side etching degree. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-158364 discloses a method of forming a circuit using a separable metal foil with a thickness of 5 μm or thinner formed on a supporting metal foil. The method makes production of a printed wiring board with a high reliability possible without requiring electroless plating of the surface of an insulating resin layer. However, according to these methods, the roughened shape inversely interferes the fine wiring formation. Moreover, the electric characteristics are deteriorated by the roughened shape. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open (JP-A) No. 7-221444 discloses a method involving forming a copper layer with about 1 μm thickness on one face of a polyimide film by using an electron beam evaporation apparatus and layering the layer on an intermediate circuit by an adhesive or a prepreg to form an electric power supply layer. However, the substrate is very expensive and thus does not become popular.
- After formation of the circuit in such a manner, gold plating on the outermost layer of the substrate is sometimes carried out. JP-A No. 7-221444 discloses a method of electrolytic gold plating to improve the connection reliability of terminals of a substrate and a semiconductor chip. As the gold plating method, there are an electroless gold plating method and an electrolytic gold plating method. Between them, the electroless gold plating method which requires no electric power supply is advantageous in high densification. However, in the case of gold plating after the circuit formation, a trouble that the gold plating is deposited on the resin sometimes occurs at the time of electroless gold plating according to the above-mentioned method disclosed in JP-A No. 10-4254. Especially, in the case the wiring pitches become 80 μm or narrower, the trouble occurs more frequently. Also, in the case of gold plating after the circuit formation, a trouble that the gold plating is deposited on the resin sometimes occurs owing to remaining of a copper foil on the resin at the time of electroless gold plating according to the above-mentioned method disclosed in JP-A No. 2003-158364.
- Further, in recent years, to satisfy high densification of a substrate and speed up of signal transmission, built up type multilayer wiring boards have been used. JP-A No. 10-242638 discloses a method involving surface roughening a conductor circuit of a core substrate with a copper-nickel-phosphorus alloy, forming an insulating layer thereafter, and forming a conductor circuit on the insulating layer. JP-A No. 2000-282265 discloses a method of roughening in micron order the copper surface by using an aqueous solution containing an inorganic acid and a copper-oxidizing agent as main agents and at least one kind azole and etching suppressing agent as auxiliary agents. JP-A No. 9-246720 discloses a method involving forming continuous projected and recessed parts with height in a range of 1.5 to 5.0 μm by micro-etching and carrying out chromation and treatment with a coupling agent. As described, there are many methods for treating conductive circuits, and the methods can be divided broadly into methods of covering copper with an anti-rust treatment metal other than copper, methods of forming the roughened surface in micron order by roughening the conductor surface by etching or plating, and combination of these methods.
- Along with the high densification of the substrate, the wiring has been made finer. Presently, it is highly required to form wiring with L/S=20/20 μm or lower by fine wiring formation techniques represented by the semi-additive method.
- However, these methods tend to cause problems that the electric properties are deteriorated: that plating is deposited on the portion other than the conductor circuits along with the advanced fineness of the circuits: and that plating between fine circuits is insufficient. Further, there occur problems that the resistance of the conductor is increased because of etching of the conductor circuit and the dispersion of the wiring becomes wide.
- The embodiments of the invention are the following (1A) to (17A).
- (1A) A printed wiring board having a conductor circuit comprising a copper layer adjacent to an insulating layer and an electroless gold plating, wherein the insulating layer has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 μm or less.
(2A) The printed wiring board according to (1A), wherein the copper layer has a double-layer structure comprising a copper foil and electrolytic copper plating.
(3A) The printed wiring board according to (1A), wherein the copper layer has a triple-layer structure comprising a copper foil, an electroless copper plating, and an electrolytic copper plating.
(4A) A printed wiring board having a conductor circuit comprising a copper layer adjacent to an insulating layer and an electroless gold plating, wherein the face of the copper foil contacting the insulating layer is not practically surface-roughened.
(5A) The printed wiring board according to (4A), wherein the copper layer has a double-layer structure comprising a copper foil and electrolytic copper plating.
(6A) The printed wiring board according to (4A), wherein the copper layer has a triple-layer structure comprising a copper foil, an electroless copper plating, and an electrolytic copper plating.
(7A) The printed wiring board according to one of (2A), (3A), (5A), and (6A), wherein the electrolytic copper plating is formed by patterned electrolytic copper plating.
(8A) The printed wiring board according to one of (1A) to (7A), wherein an electroless nickel plating exists immediately under the electroless gold plating.
(9A) The printed wiring board according to one of (1A) to (8A), wherein the minimum pitch of the conductor circuit is 80 μm or narrower.
(10A) A production method of a printed wiring board involving forming a circuit on a substrate which has a copper foil on an insulating layer and carrying out electroless gold plating on the circuit, wherein the face of the copper foil contacting the insulating layer has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 μm or less.
(11A) A production method of a printed wiring board involving forming a circuit on a substrate which has a copper foil on an insulating layer and carrying out electroless gold plating on the circuit, wherein the face of the copper foil contacting the insulating layer is not practically surface-roughened.
(12A) The production method of a printed wiring board according to (10A) or (11A) including steps of forming holes penetrating the insulating layer and the copper foil for interlayer connection, carrying out electroless copper plating in the holes and on the copper foil, forming a resist layer on the portion where no conductor circuit is to be formed, carrying out patterned electrolytic copper plating in the holes and on the copper foil, removing the resist layer, and removing the copper foil and the electroless copper plating in the portions other than the portion to be the conductor circuit by etching.
(13A) The production method of a printed wiring board according to (12A), wherein the step of removing the portions other than the portion to be the conductor circuit by etching is carried out by etching with a chemical solution containing sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide as main components.
(14A) The production method of a printed wiring board according to (13A), wherein the concentration of sulfuric acid is 5 to 300 g/L and the concentration of hydrogen peroxide is 5 to 200 g/L.
(15A) The production method of a printed wiring board according to one of (10A) to (14A) involving electroless nickel plating before electroless gold plating.
(16A) The production method of a printed wiring board according to one of (10A) to (15A) involving electroless palladium plating before electroless gold plating.
(17A) The production method of a printed wiring board according to one of (10A) to (16A), wherein the minimum pitch of the conductor circuit is 80 μm or narrower. - According to the above embodiments of the invention, there is no such a defect that gold plating is deposited on a resin, and fine wiring formation with accuracy is realized.
- Further, the embodiments of the invention are the following (1B) to (20B).
- (1B) A printed wiring board comprising an insulating layer and a conductor circuit, wherein a part of the conductor circuit is made of an electrolytic copper foil and the surface in the inner layer side of the conductor circuit has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 μm or less and an adhesive layer is inserted between the conductor circuit and the insulating layer.
(2B) The printed wiring board according to (1B), wherein the thickness of the adhesive layer is 0.1 to 5 μm.
(3B) The printed wiring board according to (1B) or (2B), wherein the thickness of the adhesive layer is ⅛ or thinner than the thickness of the insulating layer.
(4B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (3B), wherein the adhesive layer contains an organic material and an the insulating layer comprises a composite material of an inorganic material and an organic material.
(5B) The printed wiring board according to one (1B) to (4B), wherein the conductor circuit is entirely covered with the adhesive layer.
(6B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (5B), wherein the entire body of the conductor circuit is not substantially surface-roughened.
(7B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (6B), wherein a resin having 20 ppm/° C. or lower thermal expansion coefficient in the transverse direction (CTE X, CTE Y) in a range of 0 to 150° C. is used for the insulating layer.
(8B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (7B), wherein a resin having a tensile strength of 200 MPa or higher at 20° C. is used for the insulating layer.
(9B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (8B), wherein a resin having a dielectric dissipation factor of 0.01 or lower at 1 GHz is used for the insulating layer.
(10B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (9B), wherein a resin having a dielectric constant of 0.3 or lower at 1 GHz is used for the insulating layer.
(11B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (10B), wherein a thermosetting resin composition containing (A) polyphenylene ether or a modified polyphenylene ether is used for the insulating layer.
(12B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (11B), wherein (B) a thermosetting resin composition containing a cyanate ester compound is used for the insulating layer.
(13B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (12B), wherein (C) a thermosetting resin composition containing an epoxy compound is used for the insulating layer.
(14B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (13B), wherein (D) a thermosetting resin composition containing a polyamide imide compound is used for the insulating layer.
(15B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (14B), wherein the peel strength of the insulating layer and the conductor circuit with 1 mm width is 0.6 kN/m or higher.
(16B) The printed wiring board according to one of (1B) to (15B), wherein the peel strength of the insulating layer and the conductor circuit with 1 mm width is 0.4 kN/m or higher after heating at 150° C. for 240 hours.
(17B) A production method of a printed wiring board involving forming a conductor circuit by patterned electroplating using a metal foil firmly fixed on an insulating layer as an electric power supply layer, wherein the metal foil is not surface-roughened in both faces and an adhesive layer is inserted between the insulating resin and the metal foil.
(18B) The production method of a printed wiring board according to (17B), wherein the metal foil has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 μm or less in both faces.
(19B) The production method of a printed wiring board according to (17B) or (18B), wherein the metal foil has a thickness of 3 μm or thinner.
(20B) The production method of a printed wiring board according to one of (17B) to (19B), wherein an electroless plating layer is formed on the metal foil. - According to the above-mentioned embodiments, a wiring board advantageous in the fine wiring formation, electric properties, and production cost can be obtained and a wiring board excellent in high frequency properties can be obtained as well.
- Further, embodiments of the invention are following (1C) to (16C).
- (1C) A formation method of a resin layer on a metal by forming a thin film of a polyamide imide on the metal as adhesion promoting treatment and then coating the metal with the resin.
(2C) The formation method of a resin layer on a metal according to (1C), wherein the thickness of the polyamide imide layer is 0.1 to 5 μm.
(3C) The formation method of a resin layer on a metal according to (1C) or (2C), wherein the metal is copper.
(4C) The formation method of a resin layer on a metal according to one of (1C) to (3C), wherein the polyamide imide layer is formed directly on copper without any practical surface roughening treatment.
(5C) An inner conductor circuit treatment method involving forming a polyamide imide layer as an adhesion promoting agent on a core substrate bearing a conductor circuit.
(6C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to (5C), wherein the thickness of the polyamide imide layer is 0.1 to 5 μm.
(7C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to (5C) or (6C), wherein the polyamide imide layer is formed by immersing the core substrate bearing the conductor circuit in a polyamide imide solution.
(8C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to (7C), wherein after immersion to the polyamide imide solution, the polyamide imide is set in B stage state by drying until the remaining solvent is decreased to 1% or less.
(9C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to one of (5C) to (8C), wherein the conductor circuit is made of copper and the polyamide imide layer is formed directly on the copper without any practical surface-roughening treatment.
(10C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to one of (5C) to (9C), wherein the conductor circuit has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 μm or less.
(11C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to one of (5C) to (10C), wherein the insulating layer contained in the core substrate has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 μm or less.
(12C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to one of (5C) to (11C), wherein a polyamide imide provided with high moisture absorbing and heat resistant properties by comprising a saturated hydrocarbon as a unit component is used.
(13C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to one of (5C) to (12C) involving forming an insulating layer on the core substrate subjected to the inner conductor circuit treatment.
(14C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to (13C), wherein the insulating layer contains at least an epoxy resin.
(15C) The inner conductor circuit treatment method according to one of (13C) or (14C), wherein the insulating layer is made of prepreg.
(16C) A multilayer wiring board comprising wiring, a polyamide imide resin layer and an insulating layer, wherein the wiring is inside of the multilayer wiring board, the insulating layer is an outer layer which contacts the wiring via the polyamide imide resin layer. - According to the embodiments, an inner conductor circuit treatment method capable of providing excellent electric properties and suppressing dispersion of wiring and occurrence of defection is provided.
- The present disclosure relates to subject matter contained in Japanese Patent Application No. 2003-385852 filed on Nov. 14, 2003, No. 2003-385853 filed on Nov. 14, 2003, No. 2004-018139 filed on Jan. 27, 2004, No. 2004-024400 filed on Jan. 30, 2004, No. 2004-024422 filed on Jan. 30, 2004, the disclosure of which is expressly incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
-
FIG. 1 shows a cross-sectional view showing one embodiment of printed wiring board production process according to the invention. -
FIG. 2 shows a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of printed wiring board production process according to the invention. -
FIG. 3 shows a cross-sectional view showing another embodiment of printed wiring board production process according to the invention. -
FIG. 4 illustrates an evaluation method of gold plating precipitation amount on a resin. -
FIG. 5 shows a cross-sectional view of a substrate for connection reliability evaluation. - Hereinafter, the embodiments of the invention will be described in detail with reference to drawings.
- At first, a core substrate comprising two layers is produced. In the case of producing the core substrate,
2 and 202 are formed in bothmetal layers 1 and 201 of an insulating layer as shown insides FIG. 1( a) andFIG. 3( a). For example, a method of using a laminate plate comprising metal foils on both sides of a prepreg is economical and therefore preferable. - As shown in
FIG. 2( a), anadhesive layer 103 may be inserted between the insulatinglayer 101 and themetal layer 102 for improving the adhesion. Theadhesive layer 103 is only an intermediate for improving the adhesion to the metal foils. The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.1 μm or thicker in terms of the adhesion. Also, the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 10 μm or thinner in consideration of the connection reliability. The thickness is further preferably 0.1 to 5 μm, even more preferably 0.5 to 2.0 μm. The thickness of the adhesive layer is desirable to be ⅛ or thinner than the thickness of the insulating layer in terms of the reliability and electric properties. A composite material of an inorganic substance and an organic substance is preferable for the insulating layer and a prepreg is preferable to use for lowering the cost. - The prepreg is produced by imersing or coating a substrate with a resin composition. As the substrate, various types of well known substrates used for laminate plates for electric insulating materials may be used. Examples of the materials for the substrate are inorganic fibers of such as E glass, D glass, S glass or Q glass; organic fibers of such as polyimides, polyesters, or tetrafluoroethylene; and their mixtures, however the materials are not limited to these examples.
- These substrates may be in any form such as woven fabrics, nonwoven fabrics, roving, chopped strand mats, surfacing mats and the like. The materials and the forms of the substrate may be selected properly depending on the uses and functions of the aimed formed products. Further, if necessary, those made of one or more kinds of materials and having one or more forms may be used. The thickness of the substrate is not particularly limited, however those with a thickness of about 0.03 to 0.5 mm may be used in general. Those subjected to surface-treatment with a silane coupling agent or the like or to mechanical fibrillation are preferable in terms of the heat resistance, moisture resistance, and processibility.
- As a resin composition, conventionally known resin compositions to be used as insulating materials for a printed wiring board may be used. Generally, a thermosetting resin excellent in heat resistance and chemical resistance may be used as a base. Examples of the thermosetting resin are phenol resins, epoxy resins, cyanate resins, maleimide resins, isocyanate resins, benzocyclobutene resins, and vinyl resins, however the thermosetting resin is not limited to these examples. As the thermosetting resin, one kind of resins may be used alone or two kinds of resins may be mixed and used.
- Among the thermosetting resins, the epoxy resins are widely used since they are excellent in heat resistance, chemical resistance, and electric properties and relatively economical. Examples of the epoxy resins are bisphenol type epoxy resins such as bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and bisphenol S type epoxy resin; novolak type epoxy resins such as phenol novolak type epoxy resin, cresol novolak type epoxy resin, and bisphenol A novolak type epoxy resin; alicyclic epoxy resins; aliphatic chain epoxy resins; diglycidyl ether compounds of bisphenol; diglycidyl ether compounds of naphthalene diol; diglycidyl ether compounds of phenol; diglycidyl ether compounds of alcohols; and their alkyl-substituted compounds, halogenated compounds, and hydrogenated compounds, however the epoxy resins are not limited to these examples. One kind of the epoxy resins may be used alone or two or more kinds of the epoxy resins may be mixed and used. As a curing agent to be used together with the epoxy resins, any agents may be used without particular limit if they can cure the epoxy resins. Examples of the curing agents are polyfunctional phenols, polyfunctional alcohols, amines, imidazole compounds, acid anhydrides, organic phosphorus compounds and their halides, however the curing agents are not limited to these examples. One kind of these epoxy resin curing agents may be used alone or two or more kinds may be mixed and used.
- The cyanate ester resin is a thermosetting resin comprising triazine rings as repeating units and obtained by heating a cyanate compound. The resin is used in the case excellent high frequency properties are required since the resin is excellent in the dielectric properties. Examples of the cyanate compound are cyanate ester compounds such as 2,2-bis(4-cyanatophenyl)propane, bis(4-cyanatophenyl)ethane, 2,2-bis(3,5-dimethyl-4-cyanatophenyl)methane, 2,2-bis(4-cyanatophenyl)-1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropane, α, α′-bis(4-cyanatophenyl)-m-diisopropylbenzene, phenol novolak, and alkylphenol novolak, however the cyanate compound may not be limited particularly to these examples. Among them, 2,2-bis(4-cyanatophenyl)propane is preferable since it is excellent in the balance of the dielectric property of a cured product and curing property and is economically in terms of the cost. One kind of cyanate ester compounds may be used alone or two or more kinds may be mixed and used. The cyanate ester compound to be used here may be oligomerated partially into trimers and pentamers. A curing catalyst and a curing promoter may be added to the cyanate compound for curing. Examples of the curing catalyst may be metals such as manganese, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, zinc and the like, however the catalyst may not be limited to these examples. Practical examples are organometal salts such as 2-ethylhexanates, naphthanates, and octylates; and organometal complexes such as acetylacetone complexes, however the catalyst may not be limited to these examples. They may be use alone or two or more kinds of them may be mixed and used. Phenols are used preferably as the curing promoter. Practically, examples are monofunctional phenols such as nonylphenyl and p-cumylphenyl; bifunctional phenols such as bisphenol A, bisphenol F, and bisphenol S; and polyfunctional phenol such as phenol novolak and cresol novolak, however it is not limited to these examples. They may be used alone or two or more kinds of them may be mixed and used.
- In consideration of the dielectric properties, impact resistance, and film formability, the resin composition may be blended with a thermoplastic resin. Examples of the thermoplastic resin are fluoro resins, polyphenylene ethers, modified polyphenylene ethers, polyphenylene sulfides, polycarbonates, polyether imides, polyether ether ketones, polyallylates, polyamides, polyamide imides, polybutadienes, however the thermoplastic resin is not limited to these examples. The thermoplastic resins may be used alone or two or more types of them may be mixed and used.
- The resin composition is preferable to have a specific dielectric constant 3.0 or lower or a dielectric dissipation factor 0.01 or lower at 1 GHz. Use of such a resin composition lowers the dielectric loss in wiring and makes it possible to form a circuit with a further lowered transmission loss. As a resin excellent in such dielectric properties, polyphenylene ethers and cyanate esters may be exemplified. In the case of using the polyphenylene esters for wiring board materials, it is required to add a thermosetting property to improve the heat resistance and the chemical resistance. For example, thermosetting resins such as epoxy resins, cyanate ester resins, triazine-bismaleimide resins may be blended with the polyphenylene ethers. Or, double bonds or polymerizable functional groups such as epoxy group may be introduced into the molecular chains of the polyphenylene ethers.
- Among the thermoplastic resins, in the case of adding polyphenylene ethers and modified polyphenylene ethers, the dielectric properties of cured materials are improved and therefore they are useful. Examples of the polyphenylene ethers and modified polyphenylene ethers are poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether, alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and polystyrene, alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and styrene-butadiene copolymers, alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and styrene-maleic anhydride copolymers, alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and polyamides, and alloyed polymers of poly(2,6-dimethyl-1,4-phenylene) ether and styrene-butadiene-acrylonitrile copolymers, however they are not limited to these examples. Further, to provide reactivity and polymerizability to the polyphenylene ethers, functional groups such as amino, epoxy group, carboxyl, styryl, and methacryl may be introduced into polymer terminals or functional groups such as amino, epoxy group, carboxyl, styryl, and methacryl may be introduced into the polymer side chains.
- Among the thermoplastic resins, polyamide imide resins are excellent in heat resistance, and moisture resistance and therefore useful. Raw materials of the polyamide imide resins include acidic components and amine components. Examples of the acid components are trimellitic anhydride and trimellitic anhydride monochloride, however the components are not limited to these examples. Examples of the amine components are m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, 4,4′-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4′-diaminodiphenylmethane, bis[4-(aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 2,2′-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane, however the amine components are not limited to these examples. To improve the drying property, polyimide amide resins may be modified with siloxane. In such as case, siloxane diamine is used as the amino components. In consideration of the processibility, it is preferable to use polyimide amide resins having a molecular weight of 50,000 or more. The polyimide amide resins may be described more in details later.
- The resin composition may contain an inorganic filler. Examples of the inorganic filler are alumina, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, clay, talc, antimony trioxide, antimony pentoxide, zinc oxide, fused silica, glass powder, quartz powder, and shirasu balloon, however the inorganic filler may not be limited to the examples. These inorganic fillers may be used alone and two or more of them may be mixed and used.
- The resin composition may contain an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent are aromatic hydrocarbons solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, and trimethylbenzene; ketone type solvents methyl ethyl ketone and methyl isobutyl ketone; ether type solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; alcohol type solvents such as isopropanol and butanol; ether alcohol type solvents such as 2-methoxyethanol, and 2-butoxyethanol; and amido type solvents such as N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide, and N, N-dimethylacetamide, however the organic solvent may not be limited to these examples and these solvents may be used properly in combination. The solvent amount in a varnish in the case of producing a prepreg is preferably in a range of 40 to 80% by weight and the viscosity of the varnish is preferably in a range of 20 to 100 cP.
- The resin composition may contain a flame retardant. Examples to be used as the flame retardant are conventionally known flame retardants such as bromo compounds such as decabromodiphenyl ether, tetrabromobisphenol A, tetrabromophthalic anhydride, and tribromophenol; phosphorus compounds such as triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, trixylyl phosphate, cresyldiphenyl phosphate; metal hydroxides such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; red phosphorus and its modified products; antimony compounds such as antimony trioxide and antimony pentoxide; and triazine compounds such as melamine, cyanuric acid, melamine cyanurate, however the flame retardant is not limited to these examples.
- Further, based on the necessity, various kinds of additives and fillers such as a curing agent, a curing promoting agent, thermoplastic particles, a coloring agent, a UV impermeable agent, an antioxidant, and a reducing agent may be added to the resin composition in the production.
- In general, the substrate is impregnated in or coated with the resin composition in an adhesion amount of the composition to the substrate adjusted so as to be 20 to 90% by weight on the basis of resin content in the prepreg after drying and then the resin composition is dried generally at 100 to 200° C. for 1 to 30 minutes to obtain a prepreg in semi-cured state (in B stage state). One to twenty sheets of such prepreg are laminated; an adhesive is applied to both faces of the laminate; metal foils are attached to both faces and then the entire body of the resulting laminate is pressurized while being heated. Conventional laminate plate production technique may be employed for the forming conditions. For example, multi-step pressing, multi-press vacuum pressing, continuous forming, autoclave formation apparatus may be used for the formation. The formation may be carried out in conditions of 100 to 250° C. temperature, 2 to 100 kg/cm2 pressure, and 0.1 to 5 hour heating. Also, using a vacuum lamination apparatus, the formation may be carried out in laminating conditions of 50 to 150° C. temperature and 0.1 to 5 MPa vacuum or atmospheric pressure. The thickness of the prepreg layer to be an insulating layer may differ depending on the uses, however it is generally preferably 0.1 to 5.0 mm.
- It is preferable to use an insulating layer having a thermal expansion coefficient of 20 ppm/° C. or lower in the transverse direction (CTE X, CTE Y) in a range of 0 to 150° C. in terms of the improvement of reliability. Further, a resin having a tensile strength of 200 MPa or higher at 20° C. is preferable. GEA-E-679F and GEA-679-FG (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which are prepreg, may be used for the insulating layer.
- Generally, a electrodeposition layer having many very small bumps (so-called Yake plating) is formed on the metal foils or the metal foils are subjected to roughening treatment by oxidation, reduction, or etching. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 8-21618 discloses substances for the above-mentioned electrodeposition and therefore, the invention include its specification as reference in this specification. However, the metal foils to be used in the invention are not subjected to the roughening treatment. Both faces of the metal foils to be used for the invention have 2.0 μm or less ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) defined in JIS B 0601. If no roughening treatment is carried out, the unevenness of the metal foils is slight. Therefore, it is advantageous since the metal foils do not remain when the metal foils formed on the resin layer are removed by etching. Copper foils, nickel foils, and aluminum foils may be used as the metal foils and generally, copper foils are used. The production conditions of the copper foils are commonly sulfuric acid 50 to 100 g/L, copper 30 to 100 g/L, solution temperature 20 to 80° C., and current density 0.5 to 100 A/dm2 in the case of a copper sulfate bath and potassium pyrophosphate 100 to 700 g/L,
copper 10 to 50 g/L, solution temperature 30 to 60° C., pH 8 to 12, andcurrent density 1 to 10 A/dm2 in the case of a copper pyrophosphate bath. Various kinds of additives may be added in consideration of the physical properties and smoothness of copper. - Further, the foils to be used preferably are peelable type metal foils with a thickness of 0.3 μm or thinner and a surface roughness Rz of 2.0 μm or less. The peelable type metal foils are those having a carrier and the carrier is separable. For example, in the case of peelable type ultra thin copper foils, a metal oxide or an organic layer to be a peeling layer is formed on a carrier foil with a thickness of 10 to 50 μm and metal foils may be formed under the conditions of sulfuric acid 50 to 100 g/L, copper 30 to 100 g/L, solution temperature 20 to 80° C., and current density 0.5 to 100 A/dm2 in the case of a copper sulfate bath. Also, the metal foils with a thickness of 0.3 to 3.0 μm may be formed under the conditions of potassium pyrophosphate 100 to 700 g/L,
copper 10 to 50 g/L, solution temperature 30 to 60° C., pH 8 to 12, andcurrent density 1 to 10 A/dm2 in the case of a copper pyrophosphate bath. In the case of using such foils as electric power supply layers, the wiring formability is excellent as it will be described later. In place of the peelable type foils, etchable type copper foils having an aluminum carrier or a nickel carrier may be used. - The anti-rust treatment for the faces of the metal foils to be stuck to a resin may be carried out by using nickel, tin, zinc, chromium, molybdenum, cobalt or their alloys. Thin film formation on the metal foils is carried out by using the metal or alloys by sputtering, electroplating, or electroless plating. Among them, in terms of the cost, electroplating is preferable. Practically, plating is carried out by using a plating solution containing one or more salts of the above-exemplified metals to form the plating layer. A complexing agent such as a citric acid salt, tartaric acid salt, sulfamic acid may be added to make metal ion precipitation easy. The plating solution is generally used in an acidic region and plating is carried out at a room temperature to 80° C. Generally, the plating is carried out under the conditions properly selected form 0.1 to 10 A/dm2 for the current density and 1 to 60 seconds, preferably 1 to 30 seconds for the current application period. The deposition amount of the anti-rust treatment metal differs depending on the metal type, however it is preferably 10 to 2,000 μg/dm2 in total. If the thickness of the anti-rust treatment is too thick, it results in etching inhibition and electric property deterioration and if the thickness is too thin, it results in decrease of the peel strength to the resin.
- In the case of containing a cyanate resin in the resin composition, nickel is preferable to be used as a main component for the anti-rust treatment for the metal foils. In this combination, the peel strength decrease is slight in a heat resistance deterioration test and a moisture resistance deterioration test and therefore, it is advantageous.
- Further, if a chromate treatment layer is formed on the anti-rust treatment layer, decrease of the peel strength to the resin is suppressed and therefore, it is advantageous. Practically, the treatment is carried out by using an aqueous solution containing hexavalent chromium ion. The chromate treatment can be carried out by simple dipping treatment, however cathode treatment is carried out preferably. The treatment may be carried out preferably under the conditions of sodium dichromate 0.1 to 50 g/L,
pH 1 to 13, bath temperature 0 to 60° C., current density 0.1 to 5 A/dm2, and electrolytic period 0.1 to 100 seconds. Chromic acid or potassium dichromate may be used in place of sodium dichromate. - In the invention, it is preferable that a silane coupling agent is adsorbed in the outermost layers of the metal foils. Examples of the silane coupling agent are epoxy functional silanes such as 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexylethyltrimethoxysilane; amino functional silanes such as 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane; olefin functional silanes such as vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinylphenyltrimethoxysilane, and vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane; acrylic functional silanes such as 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane; methacrylic functional silanes such as 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane; and mercapto functional silanes such as 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane. They may be used alone or a plurality of the silanes may be mixed and used. These coupling agents may be dissolved in a solvent in a concentration of 0.1 to 15 g/L and applied to the metal foils at a room temperature to 50° C. or electro deposited for the adsorption. These silane coupling agents form a coating by forming condensation bonding with the hydroxyl groups of the anti-rust metal on the metal foil surface. Stable bonds can be formed by heating or UR radiation after the silane coupling agent treatment. In the case of heating, the silane coupling treatment is dried at 100 to 200° C. for 2 to 60 second. In the case of UV radiation, the radiation is carried out with 200 to 400 nm wavelength and 200 to 2,500 mJ/cm2 intensity.
- The combination of the silane coupling agent with the insulating layer or an adhesive layer is preferably selected so as to cause chemical reaction of the functional groups of the insulating layer or the adhesive layer with the functional groups of the silane coupling agent. For example, in the case epoxy groups are contained in the insulating layer or the adhesive layer, if an amino functional silane is selected as the silane coupling agent, the effect is more efficiently exhibited. It is attributed to that firm chemical bonds are formed between the epoxy groups and amino groups and the bonds are extremely stable to the heat and water. As combinations to form such chemical bonds, epoxy group-amino group; epoxy group-epoxy group; epoxy group-mercapto group; epoxy group-hydroxyl group; epoxy group-carboxyl group; epoxy group-cyanato group; amino group-hydroxyl group; amino group-carboxyl group; and amino group-cyanato group can be exemplified.
- In the case the insulating layer or the adhesive layer contains an epoxy resin which is liquid at a normal temperature, the viscosity is considerably decreased at the time of melting. Therefore, the wettability in the adhesion interface is improved and the chemical reaction of the epoxy resin and the coupling agent is easily caused. As a result, a high peel strength can be obtained. Practically, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, and phenol novolak type epoxy resin with about 200 epoxy equivalent are preferable.
- In the case the insulating layer or the adhesive layer contains a hardening agent, as the hardening agent, a heat curable latent curing agent is preferably used. That is, in the case chemical reaction is caused between the functional groups of the thermosetting resin and the functional groups of the silane coupling agent, it is preferable to select the curing agent so as to make the reaction temperature of the functional groups of the thermosetting resin and the functional groups of the silane coupling agent lower than the temperature at which the curing reaction of the thermosetting resin. Accordingly, the reaction of the functional groups of the thermosetting resin and the functional groups of the silane coupling agent is carried out in higher priority and selectively. Therefore, the adhesion of the metal foils and the resin composition is increased. As the thermosetting type latent curing agent for the resin composition containing the epoxy resin, solid dispersion-heat dissolution type curing agents of such as dicyandiamine, dihydrazide compounds, imidazole compounds, and amine-epoxy adducts and reactive group block type curing agents of such as urea compounds, onium compounds, boron trichloride-amine salts, block carboxylic acid compounds can be exemplified.
- If a polyamide imide type resin is contained in the insulating layer or adhesive layer, especially high adhesion can be obtained. Since the polyamide imide resin type adhesive shows high adhesion to a copper foil which is not subjected to the anti-rust treatment or coupling agent treatment, these treatments may be eliminated.
- As a production method of the polyamide imide, an isocyanate method based on the reaction of trimellitic anhydride and an aromatic diisocyanate is available. Application examples of the method are a method (U.S. Pat. No. 2,897,186) involving reaction of an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and a diamine having ether bond in excess diamine condition and then reaction with diisocyanate and a method (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 04-182466) involving reaction of an aromatic diamine and trimellitic anhydride.
- It is also possible to improve the properties such as the modulus of elasticity, flexibility, and drying efficiency by introducing siloxane structure into the polyamide imide. The polyamide imide can be produced according to the isocyanate method and for example, a method (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 05-009254) involving condensation polymerization of an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, an aromatic diisocyanate, and siloxanediamine; a method (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 6-116517) involving condensation polymerization of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid or an aromatic tricarboxylic acid with siloxanediamine; and a method (Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-130831) involving reaction of an aromatic diisocyanate with a mixture containing a diimide dicarboxylic acid obtained by reaction of trimellitic acid and a mixture containing a diamine having 3 or more aromatic rings and siloxanediamine can be exemplified. The polyamide imide type adhesive layer is used while being mixed with a thermosetting epoxy resin-containing resin composition based on necessity. The disclosure of the U.S. Pat. No. 2,897,186, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 04-182466, 05-009254, 06-116517, and 11-130831 is expressly incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- The resin composition as described above and metal foils which are not subjected to the surface roughening treatment are laminated and united by a conventionally known method to obtain a laminate plate shown in
FIG. 1( a) andFIG. 3( a). The adhesive and the metal foils which are not subjected to the surface roughening treatment are printed by a conventional method and after that the foils are laminated on the insulating layers to obtain the laminate plate shown inFIG. 2( a). - Next, penetrating through
4, 104, and 204 for interlayer connection are formed in the above-mentioned laminate body (holes FIG. 1( b),FIG. 2( b), andFIG. 3( b)). If the through hole diameter is 100 μm or wider, drilling work is suitable. If the through hole diameter is 100 μm or narrower, gas laser of CO2, CO, and excimer laser, and solid laser such as YAG laser are suitable to be employed. If the through hole diameter is around 100 μm, either method may be used. - Next, a catalyst core is supplied to the metal foils and the IVH insides. To supply the catalyst core, a noble metal ion or palladium colloid is used. Practically, Activator Neoganth (trade name, manufactured by Atotech Japan K.K.), a palladium ion catalyst, and HS 201B (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), a palladium colloid catalyst can be used. In the case of supplying the palladium catalyst, conditioning treatment with such as CLC-201 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) is previously carried out.
- Next, as shown in
FIG. 1( c),FIG. 2( c), andFIG. 3( c), thin electroless plating layers 5, 105, and 205 are formed on the metal foils and IVH insides to which the catalyst core is supplied. For the electroless plating, commercialized electroless copper plating solutions such as CUST 2000 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and CUST 201 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be employed, however the plating is not limited to the examples. These electroless copper plating solutions contain mainly copper sulfate, formalin, a complexing agent, and sodium hydroxide. The thickness of the plating is sufficient if the next electroplating can be carried out thereon and it is about 0.1 to 1 μm. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 1( d),FIG. 2( d), andFIG. 3( d), plating resist 6, 106, and 206 is formed on the electroless plating layers. The thickness of the plating resist is preferably as same as or thicker than the thickness of a conductor for planting thereafter. Examples of the resin to be used for the plating resist are liquid phase resist such as PMER P-LA900PM (trade name; manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.), and dry films such as HW-425 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and RY-3025 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.). The plating resist should not be formed on the portions to be via holes and a conductor circuit. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 1( e),FIG. 2( e), andFIG. 3( e), 7, 107, and 207 are formed by electroplating. A copper sulfate electroplating to be used commonly for a printed wiring board may be used. The thickness of the plating is sufficient if it is used as a circuit conductor and preferably in a range of 1 to 100 μm, more preferably in a range of 5 to 50 μm.circuit patterns - Next, as shown in
FIG. 1( f),FIG. 2( f), andFIG. 3( f), resist is separated and the metal other than the pattern parts is removed. As a resist separation solution, alkaline separation solutions, sulfuric acid, and commercialized resist separation solutions may be employed. As the metal other than the pattern parts, for example copper is removed by etching. In this case etching is generally carried out by high pressure spraying or the like. However, the solution exchange is deteriorated inevitably in the portions where the wiring is made fine. Accordingly, the reaction of the copper and the etching solution is desirably carried out based on the reaction speed but not on the diffusion speed. If the reaction of copper and the etching solution is carried out based on the reaction speed, even if the diffusion is more increased, the etching speed is not changed. That is, no etching speed difference is caused between the portions where the solution exchange is well promoted and the portions where the solution exchange is poorly promoted. Practically, an etching solution containing hydrogen peroxide and a halogen element-free acid as main components is preferably used. If hydrogen peroxide is used as an oxidizing agent, strict etching speed control is made possible by controlling the hydrogen peroxide concentration. Additionally, if a halogen element is added to the etching solution, the dissolution reaction tends to be promoted depending on the diffusion speed. As the halogen-free acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, and organic acids are usable and sulfuric acid is economical and therefore preferable. In the case the etching solution contains sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide as main components, their concentrations are preferable to be 5 to 300 g/L and 5 to 200 g/L, respectively, in terms of the etching speed and the stability of the solution. - According to the method described above, a core substrate composed of two layers is completed. Further, in the case of producing a four-layer plate, the inner conductor circuits on the surface of the core substrate are surface-roughened to improve the close adhesion to the interlayer resin insulating layers to be formed on the copper patterns. Practically, a method of forming needle-like electroless plating layers on the core substrate, a method of oxidizing (blackening)-reducing the inner copper patterns, and a method of etching the inner copper patterns are available. However, since these methods require the inner conductor circuits to be surface-roughened, a method which does not include a surface-roughening step as described below is more preferable. That is, as shown in
FIG. 2( g) andFIG. 3( g), the entire conductor circuits are preferable to be covered with polyamide imide as an 108,208. Accordingly, even if copper foils which are not treated are provided with high adhesion property. To improve the adhesion, that is, as the adhesion promoting agent, the thickness of the polyamide imide layer is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm and more preferably 0.1 to 5 μm. If the thickness of the polyamide imide layer is thinner than 0.1 μm, the adhesion property is insufficient and if it is thicker than 10 μm, the respective properties such as elongation, dielectric constant, and dielectric dissipation factor are affected inversely in some cases.adhesion promoting agent - The conductor circuit surface may be subjected to anti-rust treatment with nickel, tin, zinc or palladium or surface-roughening treatment. Accordingly, not only high adhesion is provided but also the anti-rust treatment degree or the surface-treatment degree can be decreased in some cases. That is, the invention may be combined with a conventionally known method.
- By the above-mentioned method, sufficiently high adhesion strength can be obtained. To obtain further high adhesion strength, a polyimide amide comprising saturated hydrocarbon repeating unit is preferable. It is also more preferable to contain an alicyclic hydrocarbon group in the repeating unit. Existence of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group provides moisture absorbing property and heat resistance to the polyamide imide and also a high Tg. Use of such a polyamide imide improves the reliability.
- The saturated hydrocarbon component comprising the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be derived from a diamine compound comprising a saturated hydrocarbon having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group as a raw material.
- Such a diamine is defined by the following general formula (1a) or (1b).
- In the formula, X1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, a single bond, or a divalent group defined by the following general formula (2a) or (2b); Y1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, or carbonyl; R1, R2, and R3 may be same or different from one another and independently represent a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl, methoxy group, methyl, or a halo methyl:
- wherein Z1 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, or a single bond.
- Examples of the diamine compound comprising a saturated hydrocarbon having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group are 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]propane, bis[4-(3-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]sulfone, bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]sulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]hexafluoropropan e, bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]methane, 4,4′-bis(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)dicyclohexyl, bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]ether, bis[4-(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)cyclohexyl]ketone, 1,3-bis(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminocyclohexyloxy)benzene, 2,2′-dimethylbicyclohexyl-4,4′-diamine, 2,2′-bis(trifluoromethyl)dicyclohexyl-4,4′-diamine, 2,6,2′,6′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diamine, 5,5′-dimethyl-2,2′-sulfonyl-dicyclohexyl-4,4′-diamine, 3,3′-dihydroxydicyclohexyl-4,4′-diamine, (4,4′-diamino)dicyclohexyl ether, (4,4′-diamino)dicyclohexylsulfone, (4,4′-diaminocyclohexyl)ketone, (3,3′-diamino)benzophenone, (4,4′-diamino)dicyclohexylmethane, (4,4′-diamino)dicyclohexyl ether, (3,3′-diamino)dicyclohexyl ether, (4,4′-diamino)dicyclohexylmethane, (3,3′-diamino)dicyclohexyl ether, and 2,2-bis(4-aminocyclohexyl)propane, however the diamine compound is not limited to these examples. Two or more kinds of these diamine compounds may be mixed and used and further, other diamine compounds may be used in combination.
- Such a diamine compound comprising a saturated hydrocarbon having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group is easily produced by hydrogen reducing an aromatic diamine compound.
- Examples of such an aromatic diamine compound are 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane (BAPP), bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]methane, 4,4′-bis(4-aminophenoxy)diphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ether, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ketone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 2,2′-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4′-diamine, 2,2′-bis(trifluoromethyl)diphenyl-4,4′-diamine, 2,6,2′,6′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diamine, 5,5′-dimethyl-2,2′-sulfonyl-biphenyl-4.4′-diamine, 3,3′-dihydroxydiphenyl-4,4′-diamine, (4,4′-diamino)diphenyl ether, (4,4′-diamino)diphenylsulfone, (4,4′-diamino)benzophenone, (3,3′-diamino)benzophenone, (4,4′-diamino)diphenylmethane, (4,4′-diamino)diphenyl ether, and (3,3′-diamino)diphenyl ether, however, the aromatic diamine compound is not limited to these examples.
- Hydrogen reduction of the aromatic diamine compound is carried out by a general reduction method of an aromatic ring. Practically, examples of the method are methods using catalyst systems such as Raney Nikkel and platinum oxide in the presence of hydrogen (D. Varech et al, Tetrahedron Letter 26, 61 (1985); R. H. Baker et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 69, 1250 (1947)); rhodium-aluminum oxide (J. C. Sircar et al, J. Org. Chem., 30, 3206 (1965); A. I. Meyers et al, Organic Synthesis Collective Volume VI, 371 (1988); A. W. Burgstahler, Organic Synthesis Collective Volume V, 591 (1973); A. J. Briggs, synthesis, 1988, 66); rhodium oxide-platinum oxide (S, Nishimura, Bull, Chem. Soc. Jpn., 34, 32 (1961); E. J. Corey et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 101, 1608 (1979)); charcoal carrying rhodium (K. Chebaane et al, Bull. Soc. Chim. Fr., 1975, 244) and sodium boron hydride-rhodium chloride system (P. G. Gassman et al, Organic Synthesis Collective Volume VI, 581 (1988); P. G. Gassman et al, Organic Synthesis Collective Volume VI, 601 (1988)), however the method is not limited to these exemplified methods.
- In addition to the above-mentioned diamine compound as the aliphatic diamine compound, a compound defined by the following general formula (4) may be used in the polyamide imide and its production method of the invention.
- In the formula, X3 represents methylene group, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, or a single bond; R12 and R13 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl, phenyl, or a substituted phenyl; and p represents an integer of 1 to 50.
- Practical examples for R12 and R13 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl with 1 to 3 carbon atoms, phenyl, and a substituted phenyl. As the substituent group to be bonded to the phenyl, an alkyl with 1 to 3 carbon atoms and halogen atoms can be exemplified.
- With respect to the aliphatic diamine defined by the above-mentioned general formula (4), X3 in the formula (4) is preferably an ether group in terms of the low modulus of elasticity and high Tg. Examples of such an aliphatic diamine are Jeffamine D-400 and Jeffamine D-200 manufactured by Huntsman LLC, however it is not limited to these examples.
- It is supposed that the polyamide imide having the above-mentioned aliphatic structure is provided with extremely high water absorbing ability and water-shedding property as compared with a conventional polyamide imide. Accordingly, in the case the polyamide imide comprising the saturated hydrocarbon containing the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is used for a thermosetting resin composition, which will be described later, as the layer formation material of a laminate, the decrease of the adhesion strength at the time of absorbing moisture is suppressed as compared with that in the case of using a polyamide imide composition containing aromatic composition before the hydrogen reduction.
- In the polyamide imide and the production method of the invention, in addition to the above-exemplified diamine compounds as the diamine compound, an aromatic diamine may further be added.
- Examples of such an aromatic diamine compound are those defined by the following general formula (5a) or the following general formula (5b).
- In the above-mentioned general formula (5a), X2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, a single bond, or a divalent group defined by the following general formula (6a) or (6b); R14, R15, and R16 may be same or different from one another and independently represent a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl, methoxy group, methyl, or a halo methyl: and in the above-mentioned general formula (5b), Y2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, or carbonyl;
- wherein Z2 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halo aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, sulfonyl, an ether group, carbonyl, or a single bond.
- As the above-mentioned aromatic diamine, compounds comprising aromatic ring system to which two amino groups are directly bonded and diamines to which two or more aromatic rings are directly or through one functional group bonded can be exemplified without any particular limit. Practical examples of the diamine are 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]propane (BAPP), bis[4-(3-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]sulfone, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]hexafluoropropane, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]methane, 4,4′-bis(4-aminophenoxy)diphenyl, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ether, bis[4-(4-aminophenoxy)phenyl]ketone, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 2,2′-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4′-diamine, 2,2′-bis(trifluoromethyl)biphenyl-4,4′-diamine, 2,6,2′,6′-tetramethyl-4,4′-diamine, 5,5′-dimethyl-2,2′-sulfonyl-biphenyl-4.4′-diamine, 3,3′-dihydroxydiphenyl-4,4′-diamine, (4,4′-diamino)diphenyl ether, (4,4′-diamino)diphenylsulfone, (4,4′-diaminophenyl)benzophenone, (3,3′-diamino)benzophenone, (4,4′-diamino)diphenylmethane, (4,4′-diamino)diphenyl ether, and (3,3′-diamino)diphenyl ether, however, the aromatic diamine compound is not limited to these examples. Two of more kinds of these aromatic diamine compounds may be mixed and used.
- Use of the above-mentioned aromatic diamine compounds further increases Tg and improves the heat resistance.
- In the polyamide imide and its production method of the invention, in addition to the above-exemplified diamine compounds as the diamine compound, a siloxane diamine defined by the general formula (3) may be further contained.
- In the general formula (3), R4 to R9 independently represent preferably an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, phenyl, or a substituted phenyl. As the substituent group of the substituted phenyl, an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a halogen atom is preferable. R10 to R11 independently represent preferably an alkylene having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an arylene group. As the arylene group, phenylene, substituted phenylene, naphthalene, or substituted naphthalene is preferable. As the substituent group of the substituted arylene, an alkyl having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a halogen atom is preferable. Additionally, R4 to R11 which respectively exist in plural number may be same or different from one another. As such a siloxanediamine, dimethylsiloxane-terminated diamines are particularly preferable. These siloxanediamines may be used alone or in combinations. Examples of the siloxanediamine defined by the above-mentioned general formula (3) are Silicone Oil X-22-161AS (amine equivalent 450), X-22-161A (amine equivalent 840), X-22-161B (amine equivalent 1,500), X-22-9409 (amine equivalent 700), X-22-1660B-3 (amine equivalent 2,200) (all exemplified above are manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), BY16-853 (amine equivalent 650), BY16-853BA (amine equivalent 200), (all exemplified above are manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.) and they are industrially made available, however the siloxanediamine is not limited to these examples.
- In a production method of the polyamide imide, addition of the above-mentioned siloxanediamine makes the polyamide imide to be obtained have the siloxane structure in the main chain. Therefore, the flexibility of the polyamide imide to be obtained can be improved and occurrence of blister or the like under high temperature condition can remarkably be suppressed.
- In the production method of polyamide imide, the amino groups of the above-mentioned diamine compounds are reacted with carboxyl groups of trimellitic anhydride or carboxyl anhydride. Among them, reaction with carboxyl anhydride is preferable. Such a reaction is carried out at 70 to 100° C. in a non-proton type polar solvent.
- Examples of the non-proton type polar solvent are N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), γ-butyrolactone, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, sulfolane, and cyclohexanone, however non-proton type polar solvent is not limited to these examples. One or more of these solvents may be used, however NMP is preferable to be used.
- Such a non-proton type polar solvent is added in an amount so as to control the solid content preferably 10 to 70% by weight, more preferably 20 to 60% by weight, in the entire weight of the solution. If the solid content concentration in the solution is less than 10% by weight, since the use amount of the solvent is so much, it tends to be industrially disadvantageous. If it exceeds 70% by weight, the solubility of trimellitic anhydride is decreased and therefore it becomes difficult to carry out reaction sufficiently in some cases.
- On completion of the above-mentioned reaction, an aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water is added and reaction is further promoted at 150 to 200° C. for dehydration ring-closing reaction. Accordingly, an imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid can be obtained. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water are toluene, benzene, xylene and ethylbenzene, however the aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water is not limited to these examples. Among them, toluene is preferably used. Such an aromatic hydrocarbon is preferably added in an amount of 10 to 50% by weight to the weight of the non-proton polar solvent. If the addition amount of the aromatic hydrocarbon is less than 10% by weight to the weight of the non-proton polar solvent, the water removal effect tends to be insufficient and the production amount of the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid also tends to be decreased. If it exceeds 50% by weight, the reaction temperature is decreased and the production amount of the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid also tends to be decreased.
- Further, in the dehydration ring-closing reaction, the aromatic hydrocarbon is sometimes distilled simultaneously with water, so that the aromatic hydrocarbon amount sometimes becomes less than the above-mentioned preferable range. Therefore, it is preferable to keep the aromatic hydrocarbon amount constant by separating the aromatic hydrocarbon distilled to the plug-equipped water quantitative receiver from water and then turning the aromatic hydrocarbon back. On completion of the dehydration ring-closing reaction, it is preferable to keep the temperature at 150 to 200° C. to remove the aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water.
- The imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid to be obtained by the above-mentioned reaction is preferably the compound defined by the following general formula (7a). In the formula, G represents a residual group derived from the diamine defined by the general formulas (1a), (1b), (3), (4), (5a) or (5b) from which the amino group is removed. R1 to R16 and p, m, and n are same as defined above.
- The polyamide imide used in the invention can be produced by inducing the above-mentioned imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid to acid halide and polymerizing the acid halide with the above-mentioned diamine compound.
- In such a reaction, the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid is easily led to the acid halide by thionyl chloride, phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus pentachloride, or dichloromethyl methyl ether. The imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid halide is easily polymerized with the above-mentioned diamine compound.
- The polyamide imide used in the invention is produced by polymerizing the above-mentioned imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid with the above-mentioned diamine compound in the presence of a condensation agent.
- In such a reaction, as the condensation agent, common condensation agents for forming amido bond can be used. For the condensation, particularly dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or N-ethyl-N′-3-dimethylaminopropylcarbodiimide is preferably used alone or in combination with N-hydroxysuccinimide or 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.
- The polyamide imide used in the invention is produced also by converting the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid into the acid halide and causing reaction of the acid halide with diisocyanate.
- In such a reaction, diamine compound:trimellitic anhydride:diisocyanate is preferably in a range of 1: (2 to 2.2):(1 to 1.5) by mole and more preferably in a range of 1:(2 to 2.2):(1 to 1.3) by mole. A polyamide imide having a high molecular weight and advantageous in the film formability can be obtained by controlling the mole ratio in the above-mentioned range.
- As the diisocyanate to be employed for the polyamide imide production method of the invention, a compound defined by the general formula (8) can be used.
-
OCN-D-NCO (8) - In the formula, D represents a divalent organic group having at least one aromatic ring or a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. Practically, at least one group selected from —C6H4—CH2—C6H4, tolylene, naphthylene, hexamethylene, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene, and isophorone group is preferable.
- As the diisocyanate defined by the above-mentioned general formula (8), an aliphatic diisocyanate or an aromatic diisocyanate may be used. Between them, the aromatic diisocyanate is preferably used and combination use of both is more preferable.
- Examples of the aromatic diisocyanate are 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, naphthalene-1,5-diisocyanate, and 2,4-tolylene dimer, however the aromatic diisocyanate is not limited to these examples. Among them, MDI is preferably used. Use of MDI improves the flexibility of the polyamide imide to be obtained and decreases the crystallinity and accordingly improves the film formability of the polyamide imide.
- Examples of the aliphatic diisocyanate are hexamethylene diisocyanate, 2,2,4-trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, and isophorone diisocyanate, however the aliphatic diisocyanate is not limited to these examples.
- In the case the aromatic diisocyanate and the aliphatic diisocyanate are used in combination, the aliphatic diisocyanate is preferably added in an amount of 5 to 10% by mole to the aromatic diisocyanate. Such combination use further improves the heat resistance of the polyimide amide to be obtained.
- The reaction of the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid and diisocyanate is carried out by adding the diisocyanate to a solution containing the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid obtained by the above-mentioned reaction and keeping the reaction temperature at 130 to 200° C.
- In the case of using a basic catalyst, the reaction of the imido group-containing dicarboxylic acid and the diisocyanate is carried out preferably at 70 to 180° C. and more preferably at 120 to 150° C. In the case of the reaction in the presence of such a basic catalyst, the reaction can be carried out at a lower temperature than that of the reaction to be carried out in the absence of the basic catalyst. Therefore, the side reaction such as reaction of the diisocyanate molecules themselves can be suppressed and a polyamide imide with a further higher molecular weight can be obtained.
- Examples of such a basic catalyst are trialkylamines such as trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, tri(2-ethylhexyl)amine, and trioctylamine. Among them, triethylamine has a preferable basicity for reaction promotion and is easy to be removed after the reaction and therefore is preferable.
- The polyamide imide to be obtained by the above-mentioned reaction comprises a repeating unit defined by the following general formula (9). In the formula, G represents a residual group derived from the diamine defined by the general formulas (1a), (1b), (3), (4), (5a) or (5b) from which the amino group is removed. R1 to R16 and p, m, and n are same as defined above.
- The polyamide imide obtained in such a manner as described above has a weight average molecular weight preferably 20,000 to 300,000, more preferably 30,000 to 200,000, and even more preferably 40,000 to 150,000. In this case, the weight average molecular weight is obtained by carrying out measurement by gel permeation chromatography and conversion based on the calibration curve produced by using standardized polystyrenes.
- A thermosetting adhesive can be obtained by adding a functional group-containing amido-reactive compound to be reacted with the amido of the polyamide imide to the polyamide imide obtained in the above-mentioned manner.
- The amido-reactive compound is a compound having a functional group to be reacted with the amido group of the polyamide imide by heating. As the amido-reactive compound, a polyfunctional epoxy compound and an oxetane compound can be exemplified, and the polyfunctional epoxy compound is preferably used.
- Examples of the polyfunctional epoxy compound are bisphenol A type epoxy resin, tetrabromobisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, and biphenyl type epoxy resin, however the epoxy compound is not limited to these examples. One or more types of these exemplified compounds can be used.
- The addition amount of the amido-reactive compound is preferably 10 to 40 part by weight, more preferably 15 to 25 part by weight to polyamide imide 100 part by weight. If the addition amount of the amido-reactive compound is less than 10 part by weight, the thermosetting property of the adhesive to be obtained tends to be deteriorated. If it exceeds 40 part by weight, the cross-linked structure of the adhesive layer after curing the adhesive becomes dense and the brittle property of the resin tends to be decreased.
- The above-mentioned adhesive is preferable to further contain a curing promoting agent. The curing promoting agent is a component to promote curing of the mixture of the polyamide imide and the amido-reactive compound and is preferably a compound promoting the curing of particularly the amido-reactive compound. Example of the curing promoting agent are amines and imidazoles, however the agent is not limited to them. One or more of these compounds can be used.
- Examples of the amines are dicyandiamide, diaminodiphenylethane, and guanylurea, however the amines are not limited to these exemplified compounds. Examples of the imidazoles are alkyl-substituted imidazoles such as 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole and benzoimidazole, however the imidazoles are not limited to these exemplified compounds.
- The addition amount of the such a curing promoting agent may be determined depending on the type of the amido-reactive compound. For example, in the case a polyfunctional epoxy compound is used as the amido-reactive compound and amines are used as the curing promoting agent, amines are preferably added in an amount proper to adjust the epoxy equivalent of the polyfunctional epoxy compound and the equivalent of the active hydrogen of the amino groups of the amines to be approximately same. In the case imidazoles are used as the curing promoting agent, the imidazoles are preferably added in an amount of 0.1 to 2.0 part by weight to the polyfunctional epoxy compound 100 part by weight. If the addition amount of the curing promoting agent is insufficient, the uncured amido-reactive compound remains in the adhesive layer and the heat resistance of the adhesive layer tend to be decreased. If it is excessive, the curing promoting agent remains in the adhesive layer and the insulating property of the adhesive layer tends to be deteriorated after curing.
- Based on the necessity, the adhesive may contain a rubber type elastomer, a phosphorus type compound as a flame retardant, an inorganic filler, a coupling agent, a pigment, a leveling agent, a defoaming agent, and an ion trapping agent.
- Examples of the organic solvent to dissolve the adhesive in are ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, and cyclohexanone; acetic acid esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, cellosolve acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and carbitol acetate; cellosolves such as cellosolve and butyl cellosolve; carbitols such as carbitol and butylcarbitol; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, and N-methylpyrrolidone, however the solvent is not limited to these exemplified solvents. One or more kinds of these solvents may be used. It is required to select the system to sufficient dissolve the solid content.
- The adhesive may be diluted in the above-mentioned organic solvents so as to adjust the solid content in a concentration of about 10%. A core substrate may be immersed in the obtained diluted solution and dried to form an adhesive layer (
FIG. 2( g) andFIG. 3( g)). - Next, as shown in
FIG. 1( h),FIG. 2( h), andFIG. 3( h), a one-side metal foil-bearing resin is laminated on the core substrate. The resin thickness (the insulatinglayers 9, 109, and 209) of the one-side metal foil-bearing resin is about 10 to 100 μm, preferably 20 to 60 μm. The same resin compositions as those for the above-mentioned 1, 101, and 201 can be used. The thickness of the metal foils 10, 110, and 210 is preferably 0.3 to 3 μm and the metal foils similar to those of the metal foils 2, 102, and 202 of the laminate plates can be used. The resin and the solvents in form of resin varnish may be applied to the metal foils by using a kiss coater, a roll coater, or a comma coater. Or, a film-like resin may be laminated on the metal foils. In the case the resin varnish is applied to the metal foils, the resulting laminates are heated and dried thereafter. The conditions are preferably at 100 to 200° C. and 1 to 30 minutes. The amount of the remaining solvent in the resin composition after the heating and drying is preferably 0.2 to 10%. In the case the film-like resin is laminated on the metal foil, the conditions are preferably at 50 to 150° C. and 0.1 to 5 MPa vacuum or atmospheric pressure. Further, there is a laminating and pressing method of the core substrate, prepreg, and copper foils. In this case also, based on the necessity, theinsulating layers adhesive layers 111 may be formed by applying the adhesive to the copper foils before the insulating layer application. Usable adhesives, the thickness or the like are same as those in the case of the above-mentioned adhesive layer 103 (FIG. 2( h)). - Next,
12, 112, and 212 are formed in the inter resin insulating layers from the metal foils as shown inIVH FIG. 1( i),FIG. 2( i), andFIG. 3( i). For the IVH formation method, laser is preferable to be used. As the laser to be employed in this case, gas laser of CO2, CO, and excimer laser, and solid laser such as YAG laser are available. As laser beam source, known laser such as CO2 laser, UV-YAG laser, and excimer laser can be employed and CO2 laser has a high processing speed and is therefore preferable and UV-YAG laser is suitable for forming via holes with small diameters and is therefore preferable. Since high output can be obtained easily, CO2 laser is suitable for processing IVH with φ50 μm or larger. In the case of processing fine IVH with φ50 μm or smaller, YAG laser with shorter wavelength and excellent in the beam concentration. As a laser hold formation method, a method using a conformal mask and direct laser processing method are available. The method using a conformal mask is a method involving forming openings at sites of metal foils where via holes are to be formed by etching and removing the interlayer insulating resin layer by radiating laser beam with a larger diameter than that of the opening by using the metal foils as a mask. The direct laser processing method is a method for forming holes by radiating laser beam converged to have a via hole diameter directly to the metal foils. In the case of the direct laser processing, in order to increase the laser absorption ratio in the metal foil surface, surface roughening treatment or blackening treatment may be carried out. In such a laser processing, if the peel strength between the metal foils and the interlayer insulating layers is lower than 0.5 kN/m, the metal foils in the periphery of the via hole are easily peeled and condition setting of the laser becomes difficult. If the peel strength is 0.5 kN/m or higher, the metal peeling hardly occurs, and the peel strength is preferably 0.8 kN/m or higher. Since smear is caused in such via holes, it is preferable to remove the smear by using permanganic acid salt, chromic acid salt, or permanganic acid. Here, the peel strength means the force required to peel the metal foils at 50 mm/min in the vertical direction and expressed on the basis of load per unit width (kN/m). - Next, the resin residue in the inside of the IVH is removed by using permanganic acid salt, chromic acid salt, or permanganic acid.
- Next, a catalyst core is supplied to the metal foils and the IVH insides. To supply the catalyst core, a noble metal ion or palladium colloid is used.
- Next, as shown in
FIG. 1( j),FIG. 2( j), andFIG. 3( j), thin electroless plating layers 13, 113, and 213 are formed on the metal foils and IVH insides to which the catalyst core is supplied. For the electroless plating, commercialized electroless copper plating solutions such as CUST 2000 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and CUST 201 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be employed, however the plating is not limited to the examples. These electroless copper plating solutions contain mainly copper sulfate, formalin, a complexing agent, and sodium hydroxide. The thickness of the plating is sufficient if the next electroplating can be carried out thereon and it is about 0.1 to 1 μm. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 1( k),FIG. 2( k), andFIG. 3( k), plating resist 14, 114, and 214 is formed on the electroless plating layers. The thickness of the plating resist is preferably as same as or thicker than the thickness of a conductor for planting thereafter. Examples of the resin to be used for the plating resist are liquid phase resist such as PMER P-LA900PM (trade name; manufactured by Tokyo Ohka Kogyo Co., Ltd.) and dry films such as HW-425 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and RY-3025 (trade name, manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.). The plating resist should not be formed on the portions to be via holes and a conductor circuit. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 1( l),FIG. 2( l), andFIG. 3( l), 15, 115, and 215 are formed by electroplating. A copper sulfate electroplating to be used commonly for a printed wiring board may be used. The thickness of the plating is sufficient if it is used as a circuit conductor and preferably in a range of 1 to 100 μm, more preferably in a range of 5 to 50 μm.circuit patterns - Next, the resist is separated by an alkaline separation solution, sulfuric acid, or a commercialized resist separation solution.
- Next, copper in the portions other than the pattern parts is removed by an etching solution containing sulfuric acid in a concentration of 10 to 300 g/L and hydrogen peroxide in a concentration of 10 to 200 g/L as main components to complete circuit formation (
FIG. 1( m),FIG. 2( m), andFIG. 3( m)) - Further, as shown in
FIG. 2( n),FIG. 2( n), andFIG. 3( n), gold plating 16, 116, and 216 may be carried out on the circuit. As a gold plating method, steps may be carried out as follows: the conductor interface is activated by an activation solution such as SA-100 (trade name; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.); an electroless nickel plating in a thickness of 1 to 10 μm is carried out by using NIPS-100 (trade name; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.); a displacement gold plating in a thickness of 0.01 to 0.1 μm is carried out by using HGS-100 (trade name; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.); and then an electroless gold plating in a thickness of about 0.1 to 1 μm is carried out. Since the resin layer is flat in the invention, the electroless nickel deposition and displacement plating gold deposition on the resin can be suppressed. Further, if electroless palladium plating is carried out between the electroless nickel plating and electroless gold plating as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-140659, the connection reliability is further improved. The electroless palladium plating may be carried out to be about 0.01 to 1 μm thick by using Pallet (trade name; KOJIMA Chemical Co., Ltd.). In consideration of the electric properties, the electroless nickel plating may be eliminated. These combinations may differ depending on the uses of the product and determined based on the cost, electric properties, and connection reliability. The invention is effective in cases of employing any of the above-mentioned techniques. The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 11-140659 is expressly incorporated herein by reference its entirety. - In terms of the practical usability of the printed wiring board and suppression of the defects in the process, the peel strength of the conductor circuit with a width of 1 mm from the insulating resin layer is preferably 0.6 kN/m or higher and the peel strength of the conductor circuit with a width of 1 mm from the insulating resin layer is further preferably 0.4 kN/m or higher after heating at 150° C. for 240 hours.
- Hereinafter, the embodiments of the invention will be described along with
FIGS. 1( a) to 1(f). - The following metal foil A was produced.
- Chromium plating was continuously carried out on the bright face of an electrolytic copper foil (a carrier copper foil) with a width of 510 mm and a thickness of 35 μm in the following conditions to form a chromium plating layer (a separation layer) with a thickness of 1.0 mg/dm2. The surface roughness (ten-point mean surface roughness) Rz after the chromium plating formation was 0.5 μm. The surface roughness was measured according to JIS-B-0601.
- Solution composition: chromium trioxide 250 g/L and sulfuric acid 2.5 g/L,
- Bath temperature: 25° C.,
- Anode: lead, and
- Electric current density: 20 A/dm2.
- Next, electric copper plating in a thickness of 2.0 μm was carried out in the following bright conditions. The metal foil surface roughness Rz after the electric copper plating was 0.6 μm.
- Solution composition: copper sulfate pentahydrate 100 g/L, sulfuric acid 150 g/L, and chloride ion 30 ppm,
- Bath temperature: 25° C.,
- Anode: lead, and
- Electric current density: 10 A/dm2.
- Next, zinc anti-rust treatment was carried out by electric plating in the following bright conditions.
- Solution composition: zinc 20 g/L and sulfuric acid 70 g/L,
- Bath temperature: 40° C.,
- Anode: lead,
- Electric current density: 15 A/dm2.
- Electrolytic time: 10 seconds.
- Next, successively the following chromate treatment was carried out.
- Solution composition: chromic acid 5.0 g/L,
- pH: 11.5,
- Bath temperature: 55° C.,
- Anode: lead, and
- Immersion period: 5 seconds.
- Next, the following silane coupling treatment was carried out.
- Solution composition: 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane 5.0 g/L,
- Bath temperature: 25° C., and
- Immersion period: 10 seconds.
- After silane coupling treatment, the metal foil was dried at 120° C. to adsorb the coupling agent to the metal foil surface to obtain a metal foil A. The metal foil surface roughness Rz was 0.6 μm at that time.
- The following resin composition B was produced. The resin composition B was used for an insulating layer later.
- Polyphenylene ether resin (trade name: PKN 4752, manufactured by GE Plastics Japan Ltd.) 20% by weight, 2,2-bis(4-cyanatophenyl)propane (trade name: Arocy B-10, manufactured by Asahi Ciba Co., Ltd.) 40% by weight, a phosphorus-containing phenol compound (trade name: HCA-HQ, Sanko Co., Ltd.) 8% by weight, manganese naphthenate (Mn content=6% by weight, manufactured by Nihon Kagaku Sangyo Co., Ltd.) 0.1% by weight, 2,2-bis(4-glycidylphenyl)propane (trade name: DER 331L, manufactured by Dow Chemical Japan Ltd.) 32% by weight were dissolved in toluene at 80° C. to obtain polyphenylene ether cyanate type resin composition varnish, which was the resin composition B.
- Next, a glass cloth with a thickness of 0.2 mm was immersed in the resin composition B and dried at 120° C. for 5 minutes to obtain a prepreg. Four sheets of the prepreg were laminated and the metal foils A were laminated on the top and bottom of the obtained laminate and the resulting laminate was press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and the carrier foils on the copper foils were peeled to obtain a copper-clad laminated board comprising the insulating layer (the prepreg layer) 1 and the metal foils 2 as shown in
FIG. 1( a). - As shown in
FIG. 1( b), a penetrating throughhole 4 with a diameter 80 μm was formed by a carbon dioxide gas impact laser hole forming apparatus L-500 (trade name, manufactured by Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd.) through the metal foil the insulating layer, and smear was removed by immersing the board in an aqueous solution mixture of potassium permanganate 65 g/L and sodium hydroxide 40 g/L at a solution temperature of 70° C. for 20 minutes. - After that, HS-201B (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which is a palladium catalyst, was supplied and then using CUST-201 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), electroless copper plating was carried out at a solution temperature of 25° C. for 30 minutes to form 0.5 μm-thick electroless copper plating layers 5 as shown in
FIG. 1( c). The palladium catalyst supply conditions are shown in Table 1. -
TABLE 1 Treatment Treatment Treatment Step Solution Condition Cleaner CLCc-501 60° C., 5 min Warm Water Washing Pure Water 40° C., 4 min Etching Ammonium 25° C., 10 sec. Peroxodi- sulfate 187 g/1 Flowing Water Washing Pure Water 25° C., 3 min. Acid Treatment 10 Vol. % 25° C., 3 min. Sulfuric Acid Flowing Water Washing Pure Water 25° C., 2 min. Catalyst Supply Pretreat- PD301 25° C., 2 min. ment Catalyst Supply Treatment HS201-B 25° C., 8 min. Flowing Water Washing Pure Water 25° C., 3 min. Adhesion Promoting Agent ADP-201 25° C., 4 min. Flowing Water Washing Pure Water 25° C., 2 min. - As shown in
FIG. 1( d), RY-3325 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which is a dry film photoresist, was laminated on the surface of theelectroless plating layers 5 and through a photomask masking the parts on which electric copper plating was to be carried out, UV exposure was carried out and the exposed parts were developed to form plating resist 6. - As shown in
FIG. 1( e), electric copper plating in a thickness of about 20 μm was carried out by using a copper sulfate bath in conditions of a solution temperature of 25° C. and a current density of 1.0 A/dm2 to form a circuit pattern 7 with the minimum circuit conductor width/circuit conductor interval (L/S)=23/17 μm. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 1( f), after the dry film was removed by HTO (trade name; manufactured by Nichigo-Morton Co., Ltd.), which is a resist separation solution, Cu in portions other than the pattern parts was removed by etching using an etching solution with a composition of H2SO4 100 g/L and H2O2 10 g/L to produce an inner layer substrate. - Next, electroless gold plating 20 (not illustrated) was carried out in the outermost layer to complete the substrate. The electroless gold plating conditions are shown in Table 2.
-
TABLE 2 Solution Immersion Step Solution Concentration Temperature Time Degreasing Z-200 60° C. 1 min. Water Washing 25° C. 2 min. Soft Etching Ammonium 100 g/L 25° C. 1 min. Peroxodisulfate Water Washing 25° C. 2 min. Acid Washing Sulfuric Acid 10 vol % 25° C. 1 min. Water Washing 25° C. 2 min. Activation Treatment SA-100 25° C. 5 min. Water Washing 25° C. 2 min. Electroless Nickel Phosphorus NIPS-100 85° C. 20 min. Plating Water Washing 25° C. 2 min. Electroless Nickel Boron Plating Top Chemi 65° C. 5 min. Alloy 66 Water Washing 25° C. 2 min. Electroless Nickel Palladium Pallet 70° C. 5 min. Plating Water Washing 25° C. 2 min. Displacement Gold Plating HGS-100 85° C. 10 min. Water Washing 25° C. 2 min. Electroless Gold Plating HGS-2000 65° C. 40 min. Remarks) Z-200 (trade name: manufactured by World Metal Co., Ltd.) SA-100 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) NIPS-100 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) Top Chemi Alloy 66 (trade names; manufactured by Okuno Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) Pallet (trade name; KOJIMA Chemicals Co., Ltd.) HGS-100 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) HGS-2000 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) - A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1, except that Microsyn (trade name: Mitsui Mining and Smelting Co., Ltd.) with 3.0 μm was used n place of the metal foil A. The surface roughness Rz of Microsyn was 3.5 μm. After the etching, the minimum circuit conductor width/circuit conductor interval=15/25 μm.
- The minimum circuit conductor width/circuit conductor interval (L/S) was confirmed by processing the images taken by an optical microscope. OLYMPUS MX50 (trade name: manufactured by Olympus Corporation) was used as the optical microscope. MCP-550 (trade name: manufactured by Moritex Corporation) was used for the image processing. The measurement was carried out at aimed finishing L/S=50/50, 40/40, 30/30, 25/25, and 20/20 μm. The results are shown in Table 3.
- Nickel/gold plating deposition is not necessarily caused only on the circuit but often caused as to form a train from the circuit as shown in
FIG. 4 . Therefore, the value calculated by dividing the difference of the top (St) and the bottom (Sb) of the circuit with 2, that is (St−Sb)/2, was quantified as the gold plating deposition amount on the resin. The gold plating deposition amount was confirmed by processing images taken by the optical microscope. The results are the averages of values measured at 20 points respectively. The measurement was carried out at aimed finishing L/S=50/50, 40/40, 30/30, 25/25, and 20/20 μm. -
-
TABLE 3 Measurement Pitch Aimed 10 μm 80 μm 60 μm 50 μm 40 μm Points Finishing 50/50 μm 40/40 μm 30/30 μm 25/25 μm 20/20 μm Example 1 Finishing 50/50 μm 40/40 μm 30/30 μm 25/25 μm 20/20 μm Gold Plating 0 μm 0 μm 0 μm 0 μm 0 μm Deposition Amount Comparative Finishing 45/55 μm 35/45 μm 25/35 μm 20/30 μm 15/25 μm Example 1 Gold Plating 1 μm 3 μm 5 μm 7 μm 7 μm Deposition Amount - With respect to the substrate produced in Example 1A, the copper foil hardly remained on the resin layer at the time of etching and therefore, circuit formability was good and wiring was finished with aimed finishing value and further, no gold deposition on the resin was caused. On the other hand, with respect to the substrate produced in Example 1A, it was required to etch the residue of the copper foil on the resin layer at the time of etching, and therefore, wiring top width (L) was made thin. It was found that as the wiring became thinner, the gold plating deposition amount was increased more. It is supposedly attributed to that the wiring becomes thinner, the solution flow or circulation is deteriorated and etching residues are caused.
- Hereinafter, another embodiment of the invention will be described along with
FIG. 2 . - The following resin composition A was produced.
- A separable flask 500 mL capacity equipped with a Deen/Stark refluxing cooling apparatus, a thermometer, and a stirrer was loaded with (4,4′-diamino)dicyclohexylmethane as an alicyclic diamine compound (trade name: Wondamine HM (abbreviated as WHM), manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.) 45 mmol, a reactive silicone oil X-22-161-B as siloxanediamine (trade name: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., amine equivalent 1,500) 5 mmol, trimellitic anhydride (TMA) 105 mmol, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone as a non-proton polar solvent 145 g and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
- On completion of stirring, toluene 100 mL as an aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water was added and the resulting reaction solution was heated to 160° C. and refluxed for 2 hours. When it was confirmed that a theoretical quantity of water was pooled in a water quantitative reception apparatus and no water flow was observed, water and toluene in the water quantitative reception apparatus were removed and toluene in the reaction solution was removed by heating to 190° C.
- After the solution in the flask was cooled to a room temperature, 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI) as diisocyanate 60 mmol was added and the temperature was increased to 190° C. and reaction was carried out for 2 hours to obtain an NMP solution of polyamide imide resin. Next, YDCN-500-10 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.) as an epoxy resin was added in a proper amount so as to adjust the total solid content concentration to be 10%, and further 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole as a curing promoting agent was added in a proper amount of 1% by weight on the basis of the solid content of the epoxy resin and the resulting solution was diluted with dimethylacetamide to obtain thermosetting resin varnish (
solid content 10%), which was used as the resin composition A. - Next, a metal foil B was produced as follows by using the resin composition A.
- The resin composition A was applied to the silane coupling agent-treated face of the metal foil A obtained in Example 1A. After the application, the composition A was dried at 160° C. for about 1 minute to decrease the remaining solvent to 1% or less and obtain the metal foil B. The thickness of the applied resin composition A was 2.0 μm.
- A glass cloth with a thickness of 0.2 mm (basic weight, Hyoryo: 210 g/m2) was immersed in the resin composition B obtained in Example 1A and dried at 12° C. for 5 minutes to obtain prepreg. Four sheets of the prepreg were laminated and the metal foils B were laminated on the top and bottom of the obtained laminate in such a manner that the faces coated with the resin composition A were in the prepreg sides and the resulting laminate was press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and the carrier foils on the copper foils were peeled to obtain a copper-clad laminated board comprising the insulating
layer 101, theadhesive layers 103, and the metal foils 102 as shown inFIG. 2( a). - Next, an inner layer substrate (a core substrate) was produced similarly to Example 1A (
FIG. 2( f)). - Next, the entire body of the substrate was immersed in the solution of the resin composition A, pulled out, and dried at 160° C. for 10 minutes to coat the entire body of the substrate with the resin composition A as shown in
FIG. 2( b) to formadhesive layers 108. The coating thickness was about 2 μm after drying. - Next, the resin composition B was applied to the metal foils B and dried at 160° C. for 5 minutes. The coating thickness was about 2 μm after drying. The resin composition B side of the copper foils B after the resin coating and the
adhesive layers 108 were press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and then the carrier foils on the copper foils were peeled to produce the substrate shown inFIG. 2( h). Accordingly, the insulatinglayers 109, theadhesive layers 111, and the metal foils 110 were formed. - As shown in
FIG. 1( i), anIVH 112 with a diameter 50 μm was formed by a carbon dioxide gas impact laser hole forming apparatus L-500 (trade name, manufactured by Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd.) from the metal foil and smear was removed by immersing the board in an aqueous solution mixture of potassium permanganate 65 g/L and sodium hydroxide 40 g/L at a solution temperature of 70° C. for 20 minutes. - After that, HS-201B (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which is a palladium catalyst, was supplied and then using CUST-201 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), electroless copper plating was carried out at a solution temperature of 25° C. for 30 minutes to form 0.5 μm-thick electroless copper plating layers 113 as shown in
FIG. 1( c). The palladium catalyst supply conditions were as shown in Table 1. - As shown in
FIG. 2( k), RY-3325 (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which is a dry film photoresist, was laminated on the surface of theelectroless plating layers 5 and through a photomask masking the parts on which electric copper plating was to be carried out, UV exposure was carried out and the exposed parts were developed to form plating resist 114. - As shown in
FIG. 2( i), electric copper plating in a thickness of about 20 μm was carried out by using a copper sulfate bath in conditions of a solution temperature of 25° C. and a current density of 1.0 A/dm2 to form acircuit pattern 115 with the minimum circuit conductor width/circuit conductor interval (L/S)=23/17 μm. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 2( m), after the dry film was removed by HTO (trade name; manufactured by Nichigo-Morton Co., Ltd.), which is a resist separation solution, Cu in portions other than the pattern parts was removed by etching using an etching solution with a composition of H2SO4 100 g/L and H2O2 10 g/L to produce an inner layer substrate. - The minimum circuit conductor width/circuit conductor interval (L/S) after the etching was 20/20 μm.
- Next, as shown in
FIG. 2( n),electroless gold plating 116 was carried out in the outermost layer. The electroless gold plating conditions were as shown in Table 2. - A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that GEA-679-FG, which is prepreg with 60 μm thickness and metal foils B were laminated on the inner substrate in place of application and heating of the resin composition B after the coating in the step G.
- A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that GEA-679-F, which is prepreg with 60 μm thickness and metal foils B were laminated on the inner substrate in place of application and heating of the resin composition B after the coating in the step G.
- A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that the resin composition A was applied in a proper amount so as to adjust the thickness to be 5 μm at the time of forming the adhesive layers by applying the resin composition A to the silane coupling agent-treated faces of the metal foils A, that is at the time of producing the metal foil B.
- A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that the resin composition A was applied in a proper amount so as to adjust the thickness to be 6 μm at the time of forming the adhesive layers by applying the resin composition A to the silane coupling agent-treated faces of the metal foils A, that is at the time of producing the metal foil B.
- A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that the resin composition A was not applied in the step G.
- A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that GEA-679-FG, which is prepreg with 60 μm thickness and metal foils A were laminated on the inner layer substrate coated with the resin composition A in place of press-formation of the metal foils B coated with the resin composition B after the coating in the step G.
- Test specimens for measuring the physical properties, dielectric constant, and dielectric dissipation factor of the insulating layer in the outermost layer were produced. Samples for evaluating the properties of the insulating layer in the outermost layer were produced.
- Sample for Evaluation of Properties for Example 1B
- The resin composition A was applied in a thickness of 2 μm to a both sides-untreated 18 μm-thick copper foil (Rz=0.6 μm) and the resin composition B was applied in a thickness of 40 μm on the metal foil B and both foil were laminated in such a manner that the resin faces are stuck to each other and the resulting laminate was press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and the entire face of the copper foil was etched to produce a sample for property evaluation.
- The resin composition A was applied in a thickness of 2 μm to a both sides-untreated 18 μm-thick copper foil (Rz=0.6 μm) and GEA-679-FG, which is prepreg with a thickness of 60 μm and the metal foil B were successively laminated thereon and the resulting laminate was press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and the entire face of the copper foil was etched to produce a sample for property evaluation.
- A sample was produced in the same manner as the sample for property evaluation for Example 2B, except that GEA-679-F was used in place of GEA-679-FG.
- A sample was produced in the same manner as the sample for property evaluation for Example 1B, except that coating was carried out in a thickness of 5 μm using the resin composition A at the time of producing the metal foil B.
- A sample was produced in the same manner as the sample for property evaluation for Example 1B, except that coating was carried out in a thickness of 6 μm using the resin composition A at the time of producing the metal foil B.
- A sample was produced in the same manner as the sample for property evaluation for Example 1B, except that both sides-untreated 18 μm-thick copper foil (Rz=0.6 μm) was not coated with the resin composition A.
- A sample was produced in the same manner as the sample for property evaluation for Example 2B, except that the metal foil A was used in place of the metal foil B.
- Measurement of Thermal Expansion Coefficient
- The thermal expansion coefficient of the samples for evaluation of properties was measured by a TMA (thermomechanical analyzer) test for the samples for evaluation of properties respectively cut into strips (20 mm×5 mm). The measurement was carried out at 20° C. in biaxial direction (X-direction and Y direction). The measurement was carried out twice for each sample and the value at the second time was employed as data. The TMA (thermomechanical analyzer) test is shown in Table 4.
-
TABLE 4 TMA (Thermomechanical Analyzer) Test Condition Item Condition Apparatus TMA 2940, manufactured by Du Pont Ltd. Measurement Temperature 0° C.~150° C., 10° C./min. Mode, Load Tensile 5 g - The tensile strength of the samples for evaluation of properties was measured by a tensile strength test for the samples for evaluation of properties respectively cut into a strip-like shape. The measurement was carried out at 20° C. in biaxial direction (X-direction and Y direction) and the average was calculated. The tensile strength test conditions are shown in Table 5.
-
TABLE 5 Tensile Strength Test Condition Item Condition Apparatus 5-t Tensilon RTC-1350A, manufactured by Orientech Co., Ltd. Speed/Span 0.5 mm/min./100 mm Specimen Size 220 mm × 10 mm - The dielectric constant and dielectric dissipation factor of each sample for evaluation of properties were measured. The measurement was carried out at 20° C. The measurement conditions are shown in Table 6.
-
TABLE 6 Condition of Dielectric Constant and Dielectric Dissipation Factor Test Item Condition Apparatus Impedance/Material analyzer HP4291, manufactured by Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Measurement Frequency 1 GHz Specimen Size 25 mn × 25 mn - The outer layer conductor circuit peel strength of the substrates produced in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B was measured. The vertical peel strength was measured as the peel strength. The peel strength was measured as initial values and values after heating at 150° C. for 240 hours. The measurement was carried out constantly at 20° C. The measurement conditions are shown in Table 7.
-
TABLE 7 Test Conditions for Conductor Circuit Peel Strength Item Condition Apparatus Autograph AC-100C, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation Peeling Speed 50 mm/min. Test Width 1 mm - The connection reliability evaluation of the substrates produced in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B was carried out. The patterns shown in
FIG. 5 were used for the evaluation. In Table 5, aconductor circuit 301, anIVH 302, and an insulatinglayer 303 are shown. The designs of the patterns shown inFIG. 5 are shown in Table 8. The connection reliability was evaluated by repeating cooling and heating cycle of −60° C. for 30 min and at 125° C. for 30 min 1,000 times and if the resistance value alteration was in +10% of the initial value, the connection reliability was determined to be qualified. -
TABLE 8 Design of Connection Reliability Evaluation Pattern Unit Employed IVH Diameter μm 80 IVH Pitch mm 1.27 Inner Layer Pad Diameter μm 150 Outer Layer Land Diameter μm 150 IVH Number holes 400 - The substrates obtained in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B were subjected to the moisture absorption heat resistant test. The test was carried out by treating the respective substrates in conditions of 121° C., 100% humidity, 2 atmospheric pressure, and 96 hours and confirming whether blister occurred or not. A saturated type PCT apparatus PC-242 manufactured by Hirayama Manufacturing Corp. was employed.
- The evaluation results of the substrates obtained in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B are shown in Table 9. The substrates obtained in Examples 1B to 5B were found having high copper foil peel strength and good reliability in the moisture absorption heat resistant test. On the other hand, the substrate of Comparative Examples 1B was found causing troubles such as blister between the inner circuit and the insulating layer in the reliability test since no adhesive layer coating was carried out on the inner circuit in the substrate. Also, the substrate of Comparative Examples 2B was found having high peel strength of the copper foil and insufficient reliability.
-
Copper Foil Peel Strength Reliability Test Test Thermal expansion Tensile Dielectric Dielectric Before After Connection Moisture Item CTE X CTE Y Strength Constant Dissipation Heating Heatin Reliability Absorption Unit (ppm/° C.) (ppm/° C.) MPa — — KN/m KN/m — — Example 1 50 50 60 2.8 0.005 1.5 1.3 Good No particular Example 2 13 15 290 4.8 0.014 1.5 1.4 Good No particular Example 3 11 12 290 4.7 0.014 1.5 1.4 Good No particular Example 4 47 47 62 3.0 0.007 1.5 1.4 Good No particular Example 5 47 47 62 3.1 0.008 1.5 1.4 Poor No particular Comparative 51 51 60 2.7 0.004 1.5 1.4 Poor Blister Example 1 Comparative 13 15 290 4.8 0.014 0.4 0 Poor Blister Example 2 - Further, in various properties, the substrate of Example 1B had a low dielectric constant and dielectric dissipation factor of the insulating layer and was therefore expected to have good electric properties. The substrates of Example 2B and 3B had a low dielectric constant and a high tensile strength and were therefore expected to have good disposition reliability.
- Further, an embodiment of the invention will be described along with
FIG. 2 . - The metal foil B was produced in the same manner as Example 1B, except that the thickness after drying was changed to be 1.0 μm from 2.0 μm. After that, a core substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1B (
FIG. 2( f)). The surface roughness Rz of the insulating layer of the core substrate was 0.5 μm and the surface roughness Rz of the conductor circuit was 1.2 μm. The surface roughness was measured according to JIS-B-0601. - Next, the entire body of the substrate was immersed in the solution of the resin composition A, pulled out, and dried at 160° C. for 10 minutes to decrease the remaining solvent to 1% or lower and coat the entire body of the substrate with the resin composition A as shown in
FIG. 2( g). The coating thickness was about 2 μm after drying. - GEA-679-FG, which is 60 μm-thick prepreg, (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) and metal foils B composed of an
adhesive layer 111 and themetal layer 110 were laminated on the core substrate after the coating and the resulting laminate was press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and then the carrier foils on the copper foils were peeled to obtain a substrate as shown inFIG. 2( h). - After that a printed wiring board was produced in the same manner as that of Example 1B (
FIG. 2( n)). - A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1C, except that the resin composition A was produced in the following production method.
- A separable flask 500 mL capacity equipped with a Deen/Stark refluxing cooling apparatus, a thermometer, and a stirrer was loaded with (4,4′-diamino)dicyclohexylmethane as an alicyclic diamine compound (trade name: Wondamine HM (abbreviated as WHM), manufactured by New Japan Chemical Co., Ltd.) 140 mmol, Jeffamine D-2000 (trade name: manufactured by Sun Techno Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an aliphatic diamine 35 mmol, trimellitic anhydride (TMA) 368 mmol, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) as a non-proton polar solvent 413 g and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
- On completion of stirring, toluene 120 mL as an aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water was added and the resulting reaction solution was heated to 160° C. and refluxed for 2 hours. When it was confirmed that a theoretical quantity of water was pooled in a water quantitative reception apparatus and no water flow was observed, water and toluene in the water quantitative reception apparatus were removed and toluene in the reaction solution was removed by heating to 190° C.
- After the solution in the flask was cooled to a room temperature, 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI) as
diisocyanate 210 mmol was added and the temperature was heated to 190° C. and reaction was carried out for 2 hours to obtain an NMP solution of polyamide imide resin. Next, YDCN-500-10 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.) as an epoxy resin was added in a proper amount so as to adjust the total solid content concentration to be 10%, and further 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole as a curing promoting agent was added in a proper amount of 1% by weight on the basis of the solid content of the epoxy resin and the resulting solution was diluted with dimethylacetamide to obtain thermosetting resin varnish (solid content 10%). - A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1C, except that the resin composition A was produced in the following production method.
- A separable flask 500 mL capacity equipped with a Deen/Stark refluxing cooling apparatus, a thermometer, and a stirrer was loaded with Jeffamine D-2000 (trade name: manufactured by Sun Techno Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an aliphatic diamine 30 mmol, reactive Silicone Oil X-22-161-B (trade name: manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., amine equivalent 1,500) as siloxanediamine 10 mmol, (4,4′-diamino)diphenylmethane (abbreviated as DDM) as an aromatic diamine 60 mmol, trimellitic anhydride (TMA) 210 mmol, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) as a non-proton polar solvent 407 g and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
- On completion of stirring, toluene 100 mL as an aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water was added and the resulting reaction solution was heated to 160° C. and refluxed for 2 hours. When it was confirmed that a theoretical quantity of water was pooled in a water quantitative reception apparatus and no water flow was observed, water and toluene in the water quantitative reception apparatus were removed and toluene in the reaction solution was removed by heating to 190° C.
- After the solution in the flask was cooled to a room temperature, 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI) as
diisocyanate 210 mmol was added and the temperature was heated to 190° C. and reaction was carried out for 2 hours to obtain an NMP solution of polyamide imide resin. Next, YDCN-500-10 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.) as an epoxy resin was added in a proper amount so as to adjust the total solid content concentration to be 10%, and further 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole as a curing promoting agent was added in a proper amount of 1% by weight on the basis of the solid content of the epoxy resin and the resulting solution was diluted with dimethylacetamide to obtain thermosetting resin varnish (solid content 10%). - A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1C, except that the resin composition A was produced in the following production method.
- A separable flask 500 mL capacity equipped with a Deen/Stark refluxing cooling apparatus, a thermometer, and a stirrer was loaded with Jeffamine D-2000 (trade name: manufactured by Sun Techno Chemical Co., Ltd.) as an aliphatic diamine 30 mmol, (4,4′-diamino)diphenylmethane (abbreviated as DDM) as an aromatic diamine 120 mmol, trimellitic anhydride (TMA) 315 mmol, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) as a non-proton polar solvent 442 g and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 30 minutes.
- On completion of stirring, toluene 100 mL as an aromatic hydrocarbon azeotropic with water was added and the resulting reaction solution was heated to 160° C. and refluxed for 2 hours. When it was confirmed that a theoretical quantity of water was pooled in a water quantitative reception apparatus and no water flow was observed, water and toluene in the water quantitative reception apparatus were removed and toluene in the reaction solution was removed by heating to 190° C.
- After the solution in the flask was cooled to a room temperature, 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI) as diisocyanate 180 mmol was added and the temperature was heated to 190° C. and reaction was carried out for 2 hours to obtain an NMP solution of polyamide imide resin. Next, YDCN-500-10 (manufactured by Tohto Kasei Co., Ltd.) as an epoxy resin was added in a proper amount so as to adjust the total solid content to be 10%, and further 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole as a curing promoting agent was added in a proper amount of 1% by weight on the basis of the solid content of the epoxy resin and the resulting solution was diluted with dimethylacetamide to obtain thermosetting resin varnish (
solid content 10%). - A substrate was produced in the same manner as Example 1C, except that the step of immersing the entire body of the core substrate was not immersed in the resin composition A.
- The adhesion force of a conductive circuit on a core substrate and an insulating layer layered on the conductor circuit were measured by a model experiment. The method will be described as follows.
- MEC etch BOND CZ-8100 (trade name: manufactured by Mech Co., Ltd.) was sprayed at the solution temperature 35° C. and spraying pressure 0.15 MPa to both sides of MCL-E-679, which is a copper-clad laminated board, with a thickness of 0.6 μm to carry out surface-roughening of copper surface and form about 3 μm roughness and next, the resulting board was immersed in MEC etch BOND CZ-8300 (trade name: manufactured by Mech Co., Ltd.) at the solution temperature 25° C. for 20 seconds to carry out anti-rust treatment for the copper surface.
- On the other hand, the bright surface (Rz=0.6 μm) of a 18 μm-thick copper foil was coated with the resin composition A. After the coating, the foil was dried at 160° C. for 1 minute so as to suppress the remaining solvent 1% or lower. The thickness of the applied resin composition was 2.0 μm.
- Next the resin-coated face of the 18 μm-thick copper foil and the previously surface-treated MCL-E-679 FG were laminated through GEA-679-FG (trade names; manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.), which are prepreg, and the resulting laminate was press-formed at 170° C. and 2.45 MPa for 1 hour and subjected to photolithographic treatment to obtain a sample having a conductor with 1 mm width for peel strength measurement.
- A sample was produced in the same manner as the evaluation sample 1C for adhesion strength evaluation, except that in place of the resin composition A, the resin composition A-2 was applied to the bright face (Rz=0.6 μm) of the un-treated 18 μm-thick copper foil.
- A sample was produced in the same manner as the evaluation sample 1C for adhesion strength evaluation, except that in place of the resin composition A, the resin composition A-3 was applied to the bright face (Rz=0.6 μm) of the un-treated 18 μm-thick copper foil.
- A sample was produced in the same manner as the evaluation sample 1C for adhesion strength evaluation, except that in place of the resin composition A, the resin composition A-4 was applied to the bright face (Rz=0.6 μm) of the un-treated 18 μm-thick copper foil.
- A sample was produced in the same manner as the evaluation sample 1C for adhesion strength evaluation, except that no resin composition A was applied.
- The peel strengths of the conductors of the evaluation samples of Examples 1C to 4C and the comparative Example 1C were measured. The measurement method and the conditions were as those of Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B.
- The moisture absorption heat resistant test of the evaluation samples of Examples 1C to 4C and the comparative Example 1C was carried out. The measurement method and the conditions were as those of Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B, and blister occurrence the substrates was confirmed. The test of the evaluation samples was carried out by measuring the peel strength of the samples after 96 hour treatment.
- The connection reliability of the substrates of Examples 1C to 4C and the comparative Example 1C was evaluated. The connection reliability evaluation method was same as that in Examples 1B to 5B and Comparative Examples 1B and 2B
- The test results are shown in Table 10. The substrates and the evaluation samples produced in Examples 1C to 4C were found having conductor peel strength as high as 0.7 kN/m or higher in all cases; in an initial stage, after treatment at 150° C. for 240 hours, and after the moisture absorption heat resistance test. Further, no blister occurred after the moisture absorption heat resistance test, showing good connection reliability.
- On the other hand, the substrate and the evaluation sample produced in Comparative Example 1C were found having weak conductor peel strength and causing blister between the inner conductor and the insulating layer after the moisture absorption heat resistance test. Also, no good connection reliability was obtained.
-
TABLE 10 Conductor Peel Strength (kN/m) Blist After Moisture After Moisture Initial After Treatment at Absorption Heat Absorption Heat Connection Stage 150° C. for 240 hours Resistance Test Resistance Test Reliability Example 1 1.1 0.9 0.9 None Good Example 2 1.1 0.8 0.8 None Good Example 3 1.2 0.8 0.8 None Good Example 4 1 0.7 0.7 None Good Comparative 0.3 0.2 0 Caused Inferior Example 1 - According to the embodiments of the invention, without carrying out treatment of a conductor circuit, an inner conductor circuit treatment method giving good electric properties, suppressing risk of wiring unevenness and defects, and improving good reliability is provided.
- It should be understood that the foregoing relates to only preferred embodiments of the invention, and it is intended to cover all changes and modifications of the examples of the invention herein chosen for the purposes of the disclosure, which do not constitute departures from the spirit and scope of the invention.
Claims (17)
1. A production method of a printed wiring board involving forming a circuit on a substrate which has a copper foil on an insulating layer and carrying out electroless gold plating on the circuit, wherein the face of the copper foil contacting the insulating layer has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 μm or less.
2. A production method of a printed wiring board involving forming a circuit on a substrate which has a copper foil on an insulating layer and carrying out electroless gold plating on the circuit, wherein the face of the copper foil contacting the insulating layer is not practically surface-roughened.
3. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 1 , including steps of forming holes penetrating the insulating layer and the copper foil for interlayer connection, carrying out electroless copper plating in the holes and on the copper foil, forming a resist layer on the portion where no conductor circuit is to be formed, carrying out patterned electrolytic copper plating in the holes and on the copper foil, removing the resist layer, and removing the copper foil and the electroless copper plating in the portions other than the portion to be the conductor circuit by etching.
4. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 3 , wherein the step of removing the portions other than the portion to be the conductor circuit by etching is carried out by etching with a chemical solution containing sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide as main components.
5. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 4 , wherein the concentration of sulfuric acid is 5 to 300 g/L and the concentration of hydrogen peroxide is 5 to 200 g/L.
6. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 1 , involving electroless nickel plating before electroless gold plating.
7. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 1 , involving electroless palladium plating before electroless gold plating.
8. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 1 , wherein the minimum pitch of the conductor circuit is 80 μm or narrower.
9. A production method of a printed wiring board involving forming a conductor circuit by patterned electroplating using a metal foil firmly fixed on an insulating layer as an electric power supply layer, wherein the metal foil is not surface-roughened in both faces and an adhesive layer is inserted between the insulating resin and the metal foil.
10. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 9 , wherein the metal foil has ten-point mean surface roughness (Rz) of 2.0 μm or less in both faces.
11. (The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 9 , wherein the metal foil has a thickness of 3 μm or thinner.
12. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 9 , wherein an electroless plating layer is formed on the metal foil.
13. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 2 , including steps of forming holes penetrating the insulating layer and the copper foil for interlayer connection, carrying out electroless copper plating in the holes and on the copper foil, forming a resist layer on the portion where no conductor circuit is to be formed, carrying out patterned electrolytic copper plating in the holes and on the copper foil, removing the resist layer, and removing the copper foil and the electroless copper plating in the portions other than the portion to be the conductor circuit by etching.
14. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 13 , wherein the step of removing the portions other than the portions to be the conductor circuit by etching is carried out by etching with a chemical solution containing sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide as main components.
15. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 2 , involving electroless nickel plating before electroless gold plating.
16. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 2 , involving electroless palladium plating before electroless gold plating.
17. The production method of a printed wiring board according to claim 2 , wherein the minimum pitch of the conductor circuit is 80 μm or narrower.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/022,916 US20080138505A1 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2008-01-30 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (12)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2003385852 | 2003-11-14 | ||
| JPP2003-385852 | 2003-11-14 | ||
| JPP2003-385853 | 2003-11-14 | ||
| JP2003385853 | 2003-11-14 | ||
| JP2004018139A JP2005216902A (en) | 2004-01-27 | 2004-01-27 | Method of manufacturing printed circuit board and printed circuit board |
| JPP2004-018139 | 2004-01-27 | ||
| JPP2004-024400 | 2004-01-30 | ||
| JPP2004-024422 | 2004-01-30 | ||
| JP2004024422A JP2005167173A (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2004-01-30 | Method of forming insulating resin layer on metal, method of treating internal conductor circuit, method of manufacturing printed wiring board, and multilayered wiring board |
| JP2004024400A JP2005167172A (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2004-01-30 | Printed wiring board and its manufacturing method |
| US10/986,913 US7615277B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2004-11-15 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof |
| US12/022,916 US20080138505A1 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2008-01-30 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US10/986,913 Division US7615277B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2004-11-15 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20080138505A1 true US20080138505A1 (en) | 2008-06-12 |
Family
ID=34577895
Family Applications (4)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US10/986,913 Expired - Fee Related US7615277B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2004-11-15 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof |
| US11/836,927 Expired - Lifetime US7818877B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2007-08-10 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer |
| US12/022,916 Abandoned US20080138505A1 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2008-01-30 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof |
| US12/614,267 Expired - Fee Related US7964289B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2009-11-06 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US10/986,913 Expired - Fee Related US7615277B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2004-11-15 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof |
| US11/836,927 Expired - Lifetime US7818877B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2007-08-10 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer |
Family Applications After (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/614,267 Expired - Fee Related US7964289B2 (en) | 2003-11-14 | 2009-11-06 | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer, printed wiring board, and production method thereof |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (4) | US7615277B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR100710119B1 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN1311719C (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI262041B (en) |
Cited By (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20070273045A1 (en) * | 2006-05-25 | 2007-11-29 | Fujikura Ltd. | Printed wiring board, method for forming the printed wiring board, and board interconnection structure |
| US20150014032A1 (en) * | 2012-01-31 | 2015-01-15 | Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. | Resin composition for printed wiring board material, and prepreg, resin sheet, metal foil clad laminate, and printed wiring board using same |
Families Citing this family (59)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR100791667B1 (en) * | 2003-05-21 | 2008-01-04 | 히다치 가세고교 가부시끼가이샤 | Manufacturing method of primer foil, conductor foil with resin, laminate and laminate |
| CN100400608C (en) * | 2003-05-21 | 2008-07-09 | 日立化成工业株式会社 | Primer, conductor foil with resin, laminate, and method for manufacturing laminate |
| MY148655A (en) * | 2003-11-27 | 2013-05-15 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Metal pattern forming method, metal pattern obtained by the same, printed wiring board, conductive film forming method, and conductive film obtained by the same |
| JP4528634B2 (en) * | 2005-01-13 | 2010-08-18 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Method for forming metal film |
| TWI307308B (en) * | 2005-01-31 | 2009-03-11 | Ps Japan Corp | Material of backup board for drilling and cutting operation, and its molded product |
| JP4609645B2 (en) * | 2005-03-07 | 2011-01-12 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Primer composition for bonding epoxy resin molding material for semiconductor sealing and semiconductor device |
| TWI409167B (en) * | 2005-04-19 | 2013-09-21 | Kaneka Corp | Fiber-resin composite, laminate, printed wiring board, and method of manufacturing printed wiring board |
| US8399291B2 (en) * | 2005-06-29 | 2013-03-19 | Intel Corporation | Underfill device and method |
| KR100688833B1 (en) * | 2005-10-25 | 2007-03-02 | 삼성전기주식회사 | Plating layer formation method of a printed circuit board and a printed circuit board manufactured therefrom |
| EP2009684A1 (en) * | 2006-04-20 | 2008-12-31 | Sumitomo Bakelite Company, Ltd. | Semiconductor device |
| US7727885B2 (en) * | 2006-08-29 | 2010-06-01 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Reduction of punch-thru defects in damascene processing |
| EP2070961A4 (en) * | 2006-10-04 | 2012-08-29 | Hitachi Chemical Co Ltd | Polyamideimide resin, adhesive agent, material for flexible substrate, flexible laminate, and flexible print wiring board |
| TWI426830B (en) * | 2006-10-10 | 2014-02-11 | Shinetsu Polymer Co | Noise-suppressing wiring-member and printed wiring board |
| US20080142249A1 (en) * | 2006-12-13 | 2008-06-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Selective surface roughness for high speed signaling |
| US7719073B2 (en) * | 2007-01-11 | 2010-05-18 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Capacitively coupling layers of a multilayer device |
| US20090004488A1 (en) * | 2007-06-26 | 2009-01-01 | Doosan Corporation | Resine Composition For Printed Circuit Board and Composite Substrate And Copper Laminates Using The Same |
| US8973260B2 (en) * | 2008-05-28 | 2015-03-10 | Honeywell International Inc. | Method of making self-aligned nanotube contact structures |
| KR101318871B1 (en) * | 2008-07-22 | 2013-10-17 | 후루카와 덴키 고교 가부시키가이샤 | Surface-treated copper foil and copper-clad laminate |
| US8132321B2 (en) * | 2008-08-13 | 2012-03-13 | Unimicron Technology Corp. | Method for making embedded circuit structure |
| JP5343494B2 (en) * | 2008-09-30 | 2013-11-13 | デクセリアルズ株式会社 | Photosensitive siloxane polyimide resin composition |
| CN101930929B (en) * | 2009-06-26 | 2012-07-18 | 日月光半导体(上海)股份有限公司 | Manufacturing method of packaging base plate provided with side surface lines |
| KR101091305B1 (en) | 2009-10-09 | 2011-12-07 | 유니플러스 일렉트로닉스 컴퍼니 리미티드 | How to prepare a sticky varnish with high thermal conductivity and low loss factor for stacking up additional insulation layers |
| JP2011165871A (en) * | 2010-02-09 | 2011-08-25 | Denso Corp | Electronic device, and method of manufacturing the same |
| JP5580135B2 (en) * | 2010-08-03 | 2014-08-27 | 三井金属鉱業株式会社 | Printed wiring board manufacturing method and printed wiring board |
| JP5602584B2 (en) * | 2010-10-28 | 2014-10-08 | 新光電気工業株式会社 | Wiring board and manufacturing method thereof |
| CN102014576B (en) * | 2010-11-24 | 2012-05-23 | 深南电路有限公司 | Manufacturing process of local gold-plated plate |
| US8070045B1 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2011-12-06 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Curable amine flux composition and method of soldering |
| US8070044B1 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2011-12-06 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Polyamine flux composition and method of soldering |
| US8070047B1 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2011-12-06 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Flux composition and method of soldering |
| US8070043B1 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2011-12-06 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Curable flux composition and method of soldering |
| US8070046B1 (en) | 2010-12-02 | 2011-12-06 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Amine flux composition and method of soldering |
| CN102958294A (en) * | 2011-08-26 | 2013-03-06 | 欣兴电子股份有限公司 | Circuit board and manufacturing method thereof |
| CN102427673B (en) * | 2011-09-01 | 2015-03-18 | 广州杰赛科技股份有限公司 | Machining method of blind hole PCB (Printed Circuit Board) |
| US8430293B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2013-04-30 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Curable amine, carboxylic acid flux composition and method of soldering |
| US8434666B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2013-05-07 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Flux composition and method of soldering |
| US8434667B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2013-05-07 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Polyamine, carboxylic acid flux composition and method of soldering |
| US8430294B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2013-04-30 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Amine, carboxylic acid flux composition and method of soldering |
| US8430295B2 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2013-04-30 | Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc | Curable flux composition and method of soldering |
| US20140238863A1 (en) * | 2011-10-14 | 2014-08-28 | Hitachi Chemical Company, Ltd. | Method for producing metal filters |
| TWI428390B (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2014-03-01 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Low dielectric constant resin formulation, prepolymer, composition, and composite thereof and method for preparing low dielectric constant resin prepolymer solution |
| KR20130113376A (en) * | 2012-04-05 | 2013-10-15 | 타이코에이엠피(유) | Printed circuit board and manufacture method thereof |
| CN102676112B (en) * | 2012-06-08 | 2014-05-07 | 黑龙江省科学院石油化学研究院 | Low-temperature curing cyanate ester adhesive and preparation method thereof |
| CN102876268A (en) * | 2012-10-12 | 2013-01-16 | 黑龙江省科学院石油化学研究院 | Phenolic aldehyde type cyanate ester adhesive |
| US8978756B2 (en) | 2012-10-19 | 2015-03-17 | Harris Corporation | Hydrocarbon processing apparatus including resonant frequency tracking and related methods |
| KR101548421B1 (en) * | 2013-08-27 | 2015-08-28 | 삼성전기주식회사 | Method for Manufacturing Multi-Layered Printed Circuit Board |
| CN104812157A (en) * | 2014-01-23 | 2015-07-29 | 深圳崇达多层线路板有限公司 | Power supply printed circuit board and processing method thereof |
| CN108369932A (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2018-08-03 | 英特尔公司 | Include the electronic building brick in tight hole |
| JP6750631B2 (en) * | 2015-09-28 | 2020-09-02 | 日本ゼオン株式会社 | Laminated body, manufacturing method thereof, and flexible printed board |
| US10212828B1 (en) | 2017-11-27 | 2019-02-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Via stub elimination by disrupting plating |
| US11205530B1 (en) * | 2017-12-13 | 2021-12-21 | Triad National Security, Llc | Technique for constructing high gradient insulators |
| WO2019171990A1 (en) * | 2018-03-09 | 2019-09-12 | 株式会社有沢製作所 | Laminate and method of manufacturing same |
| JP7424313B2 (en) * | 2018-12-12 | 2024-01-30 | Jsr株式会社 | Manufacturing method for plated objects |
| KR102199544B1 (en) * | 2018-12-21 | 2021-01-07 | (주)이녹스첨단소재 | Flexible Copper Clad Layer |
| KR102187038B1 (en) * | 2018-12-21 | 2020-12-07 | (주)이녹스첨단소재 | Flexible Copper Clad Layer |
| CN113133202B (en) * | 2020-01-15 | 2022-05-27 | 碁鼎科技秦皇岛有限公司 | Embedded capacitor circuit board and manufacturing method thereof |
| US11297718B2 (en) * | 2020-06-30 | 2022-04-05 | Gentherm Gmbh | Methods of manufacturing flex circuits with mechanically formed conductive traces |
| CN114599165A (en) * | 2022-02-22 | 2022-06-07 | 盐城维信电子有限公司 | Multilayer circuit board manufacturing method based on semi-additive process |
| US12446374B2 (en) * | 2022-03-21 | 2025-10-14 | GM Global Technology Operations LLC | Transparent structural composites with encapsulated micro-LEDs |
| KR20240026636A (en) * | 2022-08-22 | 2024-02-29 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Semiconductor package |
Citations (18)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US2897186A (en) * | 1956-02-21 | 1959-07-28 | Pharma Chemical Corp | Diazoamino dye intermediates |
| US3932689A (en) * | 1973-10-13 | 1976-01-13 | Sumitomo Bakelite Company, Limited | Flexible adhesive composition and method for utilizing same and article formed therefrom |
| US3955024A (en) * | 1974-07-17 | 1976-05-04 | Western Electric Company, Inc. | Printed circuit board |
| US4421827A (en) * | 1982-01-18 | 1983-12-20 | Scott Bader Company Limited | Composites and methods for providing metal clad articles and articles produced |
| US4521491A (en) * | 1980-12-02 | 1985-06-04 | Kanegafuchi Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Flame-retarded copper-clad laminate |
| US4705592A (en) * | 1985-12-30 | 1987-11-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Process for producing printed circuits |
| US4751146A (en) * | 1985-07-09 | 1988-06-14 | Showa Denko Kabushiki Kaisha | Printed circuit boards |
| US5025088A (en) * | 1988-04-11 | 1991-06-18 | Chisso Corporation | Photosensitive poly(amide)imide heat-resistant polymer |
| US5116663A (en) * | 1989-12-04 | 1992-05-26 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Ceramic substrate material containing an amorphous fluorine resin |
| US5388328A (en) * | 1990-03-19 | 1995-02-14 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Process for fabricating an interconnected multilayer board |
| US5439986A (en) * | 1992-08-03 | 1995-08-08 | Showa Highpolymer Co., Ltd. | Thermo-curable resin composition, and a method for producing a copper-clad laminate using same |
| US5538789A (en) * | 1990-02-09 | 1996-07-23 | Toranaga Technologies, Inc. | Composite substrates for preparation of printed circuits |
| US5541366A (en) * | 1994-12-12 | 1996-07-30 | M-Rad Electromagnetic Technology Ltd. | Foam printed circuit substrates |
| US5670250A (en) * | 1995-02-24 | 1997-09-23 | Polyclad Laminates, Inc. | Circuit board prepreg with reduced dielectric constant |
| US5686172A (en) * | 1994-11-30 | 1997-11-11 | Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. | Metal-foil-clad composite ceramic board and process for the production thereof |
| US6323301B1 (en) * | 1996-08-29 | 2001-11-27 | Xerox Corporation | High performance UV and heat crosslinked or chain extended polymers |
| US6403221B1 (en) * | 1999-10-13 | 2002-06-11 | Ajinomoto Co., Inc. | Epoxy resin composition, and adhesive film and prepreg using the composition, and multilayer printed-wiring board using them, and process for manufacturing the same |
| US6506868B1 (en) * | 1999-07-15 | 2003-01-14 | Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Partial condensate of glycidyl ether group-containing alkoxysilane, silane-modified resin, compositions thereof and preparation methods thereof |
Family Cites Families (49)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| NL222671A (en) * | 1956-11-28 | |||
| US3986939A (en) * | 1975-01-17 | 1976-10-19 | Western Electric Company, Inc. | Method for enhancing the bondability of metallized thin film substrates |
| US3964666A (en) * | 1975-03-31 | 1976-06-22 | Western Electric Company, Inc. | Bonding contact members to circuit boards |
| JPS63229897A (en) * | 1987-03-19 | 1988-09-26 | 古河電気工業株式会社 | Manufacture of rigid type multilayer printed circuit board |
| JPH02277297A (en) | 1989-04-18 | 1990-11-13 | Matsushita Electric Works Ltd | Manufacture of printed wiring board |
| JPH04182466A (en) | 1990-11-19 | 1992-06-30 | Mitsubishi Gas Chem Co Inc | Production of bistrimellitic imides |
| JPH059254A (en) | 1991-07-02 | 1993-01-19 | Nitto Denko Corp | Production of polyamideimidesiloxane polymer |
| JPH06116517A (en) | 1992-10-02 | 1994-04-26 | Hitachi Chem Co Ltd | Electrically conductive paste composition and its production |
| US5288951A (en) * | 1992-10-30 | 1994-02-22 | At&T Bell Laboratories | Copper-based metallizations for hybrid integrated circuits |
| JPH06314622A (en) * | 1993-04-30 | 1994-11-08 | Murata Mfg Co Ltd | Chip-type circuit component and manufacture thereof |
| TW326423B (en) * | 1993-08-06 | 1998-02-11 | Gould Inc | Metallic foil with adhesion promoting layer |
| JP2664878B2 (en) * | 1994-01-31 | 1997-10-22 | インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレイション | Semiconductor chip package and method of manufacturing the same |
| JP3534194B2 (en) | 1994-01-31 | 2004-06-07 | 日立化成工業株式会社 | Manufacturing method of insulating substrate with thin metal layer |
| JPH0821618A (en) | 1994-07-06 | 1996-01-23 | Ishikawajima Harima Heavy Ind Co Ltd | Exhaust gas treatment device |
| JPH08193188A (en) * | 1995-01-18 | 1996-07-30 | Mitsui Mining & Smelting Co Ltd | Adhesive for copper foil and copper foil with the adhesive |
| JP3000877B2 (en) * | 1995-02-20 | 2000-01-17 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Gold plated electrode forming method, substrate and wire bonding method |
| JPH08309918A (en) * | 1995-05-22 | 1996-11-26 | Nippon Denkai Kk | Copper clad laminated sheet, printed circuit board using the same and production of them |
| US5829124A (en) * | 1995-12-29 | 1998-11-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method for forming metallized patterns on the top surface of a printed circuit board |
| JPH09246720A (en) | 1996-03-08 | 1997-09-19 | Hitachi Aic Inc | Multilayer printed wiring board and manufacture thereof |
| JPH104254A (en) | 1996-06-14 | 1998-01-06 | Ibiden Co Ltd | Method of manufacturing printed wiring board |
| JPH10242638A (en) | 1996-12-19 | 1998-09-11 | Ibiden Co Ltd | Multilayer printed wiring board and its manufacture |
| JP3879159B2 (en) * | 1997-01-09 | 2007-02-07 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Manufacturing method of multilayer printed wiring board |
| JP3566479B2 (en) | 1997-01-09 | 2004-09-15 | ローム株式会社 | Semiconductor device manufacturing method and semiconductor device manufactured by this method |
| JP3719833B2 (en) | 1997-10-23 | 2005-11-24 | 日立化成工業株式会社 | Modified cyanate ester resin film and method for producing the same |
| JP3651210B2 (en) | 1997-10-29 | 2005-05-25 | 日立化成工業株式会社 | Siloxane-containing polyamideimide and varnish containing the same |
| JP3432409B2 (en) | 1997-11-28 | 2003-08-04 | 日立化成工業株式会社 | Heat resistant resin composition and adhesive film using the same |
| JPH11140659A (en) | 1997-11-05 | 1999-05-25 | Hitachi Chem Co Ltd | Substrate for mounting semiconductor and its production |
| JP4137279B2 (en) | 1999-04-23 | 2008-08-20 | イビデン株式会社 | Printed wiring board and manufacturing method thereof |
| JP2000114720A (en) | 1998-10-01 | 2000-04-21 | Ngk Spark Plug Co Ltd | Manufacture of layered printed wiring board |
| JP4258589B2 (en) | 1998-10-26 | 2009-04-30 | 東洋紡績株式会社 | Curable composition |
| JP2000282265A (en) | 1999-03-31 | 2000-10-10 | Mec Kk | Copper or copper alloy microetchant and surface treatment method using the same |
| JP2000294922A (en) * | 1999-04-01 | 2000-10-20 | Victor Co Of Japan Ltd | Insulating resin composition for multilayer printed wiring board |
| US6359233B1 (en) * | 1999-10-26 | 2002-03-19 | Intel Corporation | Printed circuit board multipack structure having internal gold fingers and multipack and printed circuit board formed therefrom, and methods of manufacture thereof |
| JP2001234020A (en) * | 2000-02-21 | 2001-08-28 | Hitachi Ltd | Resin composition, adhesive film using the resin composition, adhesive film with metal foil, wiring board, and mounting structure |
| JP2001244639A (en) | 2000-02-28 | 2001-09-07 | Nippon Zeon Co Ltd | Material and manufacturing method for multilayer circuit board |
| JP3928329B2 (en) | 2000-04-25 | 2007-06-13 | 日立化成工業株式会社 | Polyamideimide resin composition and film forming material |
| JP2002134880A (en) | 2000-10-23 | 2002-05-10 | Hitachi Chem Co Ltd | Manufacturing method of printed wiring board |
| JP4863032B2 (en) | 2000-11-02 | 2012-01-25 | 日立化成工業株式会社 | Processing method of thin plate-like article, manufacturing method of connection substrate using the processing method, manufacturing method of connection substrate and multilayer wiring board, manufacturing method of multilayer wiring board and semiconductor package substrate, manufacturing of semiconductor package substrate and semiconductor package Method and semiconductor package |
| JP2003152317A (en) | 2000-12-25 | 2003-05-23 | Ngk Spark Plug Co Ltd | Wiring board |
| JP2002314243A (en) | 2001-04-11 | 2002-10-25 | Nippon Paint Co Ltd | Primer composition for multilayer printed wiring board |
| JP2003069233A (en) | 2001-08-30 | 2003-03-07 | Kyocera Corp | Multilayer wiring board |
| JP4032712B2 (en) | 2001-11-22 | 2008-01-16 | 日立化成工業株式会社 | Method for manufacturing printed wiring board |
| JP4370074B2 (en) | 2002-02-04 | 2009-11-25 | 日本電解株式会社 | Copper foil for printed wiring board and manufacturing method thereof |
| US7473458B2 (en) * | 2002-03-05 | 2009-01-06 | Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. | Metal foil with resin and metal-clad laminate, and printed wiring board using the same and method for production thereof |
| US6815126B2 (en) * | 2002-04-09 | 2004-11-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Printed wiring board with conformally plated circuit traces |
| JP4618969B2 (en) | 2002-07-11 | 2011-01-26 | 日本電解株式会社 | Manufacturing method of multilayer printed wiring board |
| JP3949676B2 (en) | 2003-07-22 | 2007-07-25 | 三井金属鉱業株式会社 | Copper foil with ultrathin adhesive layer and method for producing the copper foil with ultrathin adhesive layer |
| US6994918B2 (en) * | 2003-08-12 | 2006-02-07 | Johnson Morgan T | Selective application of conductive material to circuit boards by pick and place |
| JP3877717B2 (en) * | 2003-09-30 | 2007-02-07 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
-
2004
- 2004-11-10 TW TW093134328A patent/TWI262041B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2004-11-11 CN CNB2004100910018A patent/CN1311719C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2004-11-12 KR KR1020040092210A patent/KR100710119B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2004-11-15 US US10/986,913 patent/US7615277B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2007
- 2007-08-10 US US11/836,927 patent/US7818877B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
2008
- 2008-01-30 US US12/022,916 patent/US20080138505A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2009
- 2009-11-06 US US12/614,267 patent/US7964289B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (18)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US2897186A (en) * | 1956-02-21 | 1959-07-28 | Pharma Chemical Corp | Diazoamino dye intermediates |
| US3932689A (en) * | 1973-10-13 | 1976-01-13 | Sumitomo Bakelite Company, Limited | Flexible adhesive composition and method for utilizing same and article formed therefrom |
| US3955024A (en) * | 1974-07-17 | 1976-05-04 | Western Electric Company, Inc. | Printed circuit board |
| US4521491A (en) * | 1980-12-02 | 1985-06-04 | Kanegafuchi Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Flame-retarded copper-clad laminate |
| US4421827A (en) * | 1982-01-18 | 1983-12-20 | Scott Bader Company Limited | Composites and methods for providing metal clad articles and articles produced |
| US4751146A (en) * | 1985-07-09 | 1988-06-14 | Showa Denko Kabushiki Kaisha | Printed circuit boards |
| US4705592A (en) * | 1985-12-30 | 1987-11-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Process for producing printed circuits |
| US5025088A (en) * | 1988-04-11 | 1991-06-18 | Chisso Corporation | Photosensitive poly(amide)imide heat-resistant polymer |
| US5116663A (en) * | 1989-12-04 | 1992-05-26 | W. L. Gore & Associates, Inc. | Ceramic substrate material containing an amorphous fluorine resin |
| US5538789A (en) * | 1990-02-09 | 1996-07-23 | Toranaga Technologies, Inc. | Composite substrates for preparation of printed circuits |
| US5388328A (en) * | 1990-03-19 | 1995-02-14 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Process for fabricating an interconnected multilayer board |
| US5439986A (en) * | 1992-08-03 | 1995-08-08 | Showa Highpolymer Co., Ltd. | Thermo-curable resin composition, and a method for producing a copper-clad laminate using same |
| US5686172A (en) * | 1994-11-30 | 1997-11-11 | Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. | Metal-foil-clad composite ceramic board and process for the production thereof |
| US5541366A (en) * | 1994-12-12 | 1996-07-30 | M-Rad Electromagnetic Technology Ltd. | Foam printed circuit substrates |
| US5670250A (en) * | 1995-02-24 | 1997-09-23 | Polyclad Laminates, Inc. | Circuit board prepreg with reduced dielectric constant |
| US6323301B1 (en) * | 1996-08-29 | 2001-11-27 | Xerox Corporation | High performance UV and heat crosslinked or chain extended polymers |
| US6506868B1 (en) * | 1999-07-15 | 2003-01-14 | Arakawa Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Partial condensate of glycidyl ether group-containing alkoxysilane, silane-modified resin, compositions thereof and preparation methods thereof |
| US6403221B1 (en) * | 1999-10-13 | 2002-06-11 | Ajinomoto Co., Inc. | Epoxy resin composition, and adhesive film and prepreg using the composition, and multilayer printed-wiring board using them, and process for manufacturing the same |
Cited By (10)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20070273045A1 (en) * | 2006-05-25 | 2007-11-29 | Fujikura Ltd. | Printed wiring board, method for forming the printed wiring board, and board interconnection structure |
| US20090042144A1 (en) * | 2006-05-25 | 2009-02-12 | Fujikura Ltd. | Printed wiring board, method for forming the printed wiring board, and board interconnection structure |
| US7829265B2 (en) * | 2006-05-25 | 2010-11-09 | Fujikura Ltd. | Printed wiring board, method for forming the printed wiring board, and board interconnection structure |
| US20100282501A1 (en) * | 2006-05-25 | 2010-11-11 | Fujikura Ltd. | Printed wiring board, method for forming the printed wiring board, and board interconnection structure |
| US20100282499A1 (en) * | 2006-05-25 | 2010-11-11 | Fujikura Ltd. | Printed wiring board, method for forming the printed wiring board, and board interconnection structure |
| US7964800B2 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2011-06-21 | Fujikura Ltd. | Printed wiring board, method for forming the printed wiring board, and board interconnection structure |
| US8222531B2 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2012-07-17 | Fujikura Ltd. | Printed wiring board, method for forming the printed wiring board, and board interconnection structure |
| US8492657B2 (en) | 2006-05-25 | 2013-07-23 | Fujikura Ltd. | Printed wiring board, method for forming the printed wiring board, and board interconnection structure |
| US20150014032A1 (en) * | 2012-01-31 | 2015-01-15 | Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. | Resin composition for printed wiring board material, and prepreg, resin sheet, metal foil clad laminate, and printed wiring board using same |
| US9351397B2 (en) * | 2012-01-31 | 2016-05-24 | Mitsubishi Gas Chemical Company, Inc. | Resin composition for printed wiring board material, and prepreg, resin sheet, metal foil clad laminate, and printed wiring board using same |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TWI262041B (en) | 2006-09-11 |
| US20050106370A1 (en) | 2005-05-19 |
| CN1311719C (en) | 2007-04-18 |
| TW200522824A (en) | 2005-07-01 |
| US7964289B2 (en) | 2011-06-21 |
| US20070277373A1 (en) | 2007-12-06 |
| US7615277B2 (en) | 2009-11-10 |
| US7818877B2 (en) | 2010-10-26 |
| CN1617651A (en) | 2005-05-18 |
| KR100710119B1 (en) | 2007-04-23 |
| US20100044086A1 (en) | 2010-02-25 |
| KR20050046590A (en) | 2005-05-18 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US7818877B2 (en) | Formation method of metal layer on resin layer | |
| US7862889B2 (en) | Adhesion assisting agent-bearing metal foil, printed wiring board, and production method of printed wiring board | |
| JP4656209B2 (en) | Metal foil with resin, metal-clad laminate, printed wiring board using the same, and manufacturing method thereof | |
| JP4241098B2 (en) | Metal-clad laminate, printed wiring board using the same, and manufacturing method thereof | |
| WO2014080959A1 (en) | Copper foil with carrier | |
| US20080145689A1 (en) | Adhesion Assisting Agent Fitted Metal Foil, and Printed Wiring Board Using Thereof | |
| JP2008235923A (en) | Method of producing printed wiring board and multilayer wiring board | |
| JP4345554B2 (en) | Printed wiring board having an auxiliary adhesion layer between insulating layers and method for manufacturing the same | |
| JP2005167173A (en) | Method of forming insulating resin layer on metal, method of treating internal conductor circuit, method of manufacturing printed wiring board, and multilayered wiring board | |
| JP4913328B2 (en) | Metal foil with adhesive aid and printed wiring board using the same | |
| JP5002943B2 (en) | Metal foil with adhesive aid and printed wiring board using the same | |
| JP2005167172A (en) | Printed wiring board and its manufacturing method | |
| JP2009188429A (en) | Printed wiring board, and method of manufacturing the same | |
| JP2009188429A5 (en) | ||
| JP2005223052A (en) | Manufacturing method for printed-wiring board | |
| JP4407680B2 (en) | Copper foil with resin, printed wiring board using the same, and manufacturing method thereof | |
| JP2005216902A (en) | Method of manufacturing printed circuit board and printed circuit board |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |